diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'binutils-2.24/bfd/elfxx-mips.c')
| -rw-r--r-- | binutils-2.24/bfd/elfxx-mips.c | 16043 |
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 16043 deletions
diff --git a/binutils-2.24/bfd/elfxx-mips.c b/binutils-2.24/bfd/elfxx-mips.c deleted file mode 100644 index 4b8bca77..00000000 --- a/binutils-2.24/bfd/elfxx-mips.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,16043 +0,0 @@ -/* MIPS-specific support for ELF - Copyright 1993-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support, - <ian@cygnus.com>. - N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC. - <mark@codesourcery.com> - Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data - Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net> - - This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, - MA 02110-1301, USA. */ - - -/* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */ - -#include "sysdep.h" -#include "bfd.h" -#include "libbfd.h" -#include "libiberty.h" -#include "elf-bfd.h" -#include "elfxx-mips.h" -#include "elf/mips.h" -#include "elf-vxworks.h" - -/* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */ -#include "coff/sym.h" -#include "coff/symconst.h" -#include "coff/ecoff.h" -#include "coff/mips.h" - -#include "hashtab.h" - -/* Types of TLS GOT entry. */ -enum mips_got_tls_type { - GOT_TLS_NONE, - GOT_TLS_GD, - GOT_TLS_LDM, - GOT_TLS_IE -}; - -/* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry. - There are four types of entry: - - (1) an absolute address - requires: abfd == NULL - fields: d.address - - (2) a SYMBOL + OFFSET address, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd - requires: abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0, tls_type != GOT_TLS_LDM - fields: abfd, symndx, d.addend, tls_type - - (3) a SYMBOL address, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd - requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == -1 - fields: d.h, tls_type - - (4) a TLS LDM slot - requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == 0, tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM - fields: none; there's only one of these per GOT. */ -struct mips_got_entry -{ - /* One input bfd that needs the GOT entry. */ - bfd *abfd; - /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if - we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */ - long symndx; - union - { - /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */ - bfd_vma address; - /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation - that should be added to the symbol value. */ - bfd_vma addend; - /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry - corresponding to a symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry - is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE, - otherwise it is in the global area. */ - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h; - } d; - - /* The TLS type of this GOT entry. An LDM GOT entry will be a local - symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */ - unsigned char tls_type; - - /* True if we have filled in the GOT contents for a TLS entry, - and created the associated relocations. */ - unsigned char tls_initialized; - - /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry - corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol - whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */ - long gotidx; -}; - -/* This structure represents a GOT page reference from an input bfd. - Each instance represents a symbol + ADDEND, where the representation - of the symbol depends on whether it is local to the input bfd. - If it is, then SYMNDX >= 0, and the symbol has index SYMNDX in U.ABFD. - Otherwise, SYMNDX < 0 and U.H points to the symbol's hash table entry. - - Page references with SYMNDX >= 0 always become page references - in the output. Page references with SYMNDX < 0 only become page - references if the symbol binds locally; in other cases, the page - reference decays to a global GOT reference. */ -struct mips_got_page_ref -{ - long symndx; - union - { - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h; - bfd *abfd; - } u; - bfd_vma addend; -}; - -/* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND]. - The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing - MIN_ADDEND. */ -struct mips_got_page_range -{ - struct mips_got_page_range *next; - bfd_signed_vma min_addend; - bfd_signed_vma max_addend; -}; - -/* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page - relocations against a given section. */ -struct mips_got_page_entry -{ - /* The section that these entries are based on. */ - asection *sec; - /* The ranges for this page entry. */ - struct mips_got_page_range *ranges; - /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */ - bfd_vma num_pages; -}; - -/* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */ - -struct mips_got_info -{ - /* The number of global .got entries. */ - unsigned int global_gotno; - /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */ - unsigned int reloc_only_gotno; - /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */ - unsigned int tls_gotno; - /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during - mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */ - unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno; - /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */ - unsigned int local_gotno; - /* The maximum number of page entries needed. */ - unsigned int page_gotno; - /* The number of relocations needed for the GOT entries. */ - unsigned int relocs; - /* The first unused local .got entry. */ - unsigned int assigned_low_gotno; - /* The last unused local .got entry. */ - unsigned int assigned_high_gotno; - /* A hash table holding members of the got. */ - struct htab *got_entries; - /* A hash table holding mips_got_page_ref structures. */ - struct htab *got_page_refs; - /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */ - struct htab *got_page_entries; - /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most - of the time, it points to the previous got). */ - struct mips_got_info *next; -}; - -/* Structure passed when merging bfds' gots. */ - -struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg -{ - /* The output bfd. */ - bfd *obfd; - /* The link information. */ - struct bfd_link_info *info; - /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get - the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and - DT_MIPS_GOTSYM. */ - struct mips_got_info *primary; - /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's - gots. */ - struct mips_got_info *current; - /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a - 16-bit offset. */ - unsigned int max_count; - /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */ - unsigned int max_pages; - /* The total number of global entries which will live in the - primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes - those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in - the "master" GOT. */ - unsigned int global_count; -}; - -/* A structure used to pass information to htab_traverse callbacks - when laying out the GOT. */ - -struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg -{ - struct bfd_link_info *info; - struct mips_got_info *g; - int value; -}; - -struct _mips_elf_section_data -{ - struct bfd_elf_section_data elf; - union - { - bfd_byte *tdata; - } u; -}; - -#define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \ - ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec)) - -#define is_mips_elf(bfd) \ - (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \ - && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \ - && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA) - -/* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have - a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic - linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore - contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves - (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things - like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE). - - GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated - GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global - GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in - the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative - accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic - relocations only. - - These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower - values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE - values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */ -#define GGA_NORMAL 0 -#define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1 -#define GGA_NONE 2 - -/* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are - two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add: - - lui $25,%hi(func) - addiu $25,$25,%lo(func) - - immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add: - - lui $25,%hi(func) - j func - addiu $25,$25,%lo(func) - - to a separate trampoline section. - - Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the - target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section - pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */ -struct mips_elf_la25_stub { - /* The generated section that contains this stub. */ - asection *stub_section; - - /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */ - bfd_vma offset; - - /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available - in H->root.root.u.def. */ - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h; -}; - -/* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */ - -#define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */ -#define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */ -#define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */ -#define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \ - (0x41b90000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */ -#define LA25_J_MICROMIPS(VAL) \ - (0xd4000000 | (((VAL) >> 1) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */ -#define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS(VAL) \ - (0x33390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */ - -/* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting - the dynamic symbols. */ - -struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data -{ - /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table - index. */ - struct elf_link_hash_entry *low; - /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS - symbol with a GOT entry. */ - long min_got_dynindx; - /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol - with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol - with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */ - long max_unref_got_dynindx; - /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a - symbol without a GOT entry. */ - long max_non_got_dynindx; -}; - -/* We make up to two PLT entries if needed, one for standard MIPS code - and one for compressed code, either a MIPS16 or microMIPS one. We - keep a separate record of traditional lazy-binding stubs, for easier - processing. */ - -struct plt_entry -{ - /* Traditional SVR4 stub offset, or -1 if none. */ - bfd_vma stub_offset; - - /* Standard PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */ - bfd_vma mips_offset; - - /* Compressed PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */ - bfd_vma comp_offset; - - /* The corresponding .got.plt index, or -1 if none. */ - bfd_vma gotplt_index; - - /* Whether we need a standard PLT entry. */ - unsigned int need_mips : 1; - - /* Whether we need a compressed PLT entry. */ - unsigned int need_comp : 1; -}; - -/* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in - the global hash table. */ - -struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry -{ - struct elf_link_hash_entry root; - - /* External symbol information. */ - EXTR esym; - - /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */ - struct mips_elf_la25_stub *la25_stub; - - /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against - this symbol. */ - unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs; - - /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this - 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */ - asection *fn_stub; - - /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this - 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */ - asection *call_stub; - - /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function - being called returns a floating point value. */ - asection *call_fp_stub; - - /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */ - unsigned int global_got_area : 2; - - /* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is - a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other - non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */ - unsigned int got_only_for_calls : 1; - - /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs - is against a readonly section. */ - unsigned int readonly_reloc : 1; - - /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be - resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation - cannot possibly be made dynamic). */ - unsigned int has_static_relocs : 1; - - /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol. - This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to - taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones. - See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */ - unsigned int no_fn_stub : 1; - - /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears - in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */ - unsigned int need_fn_stub : 1; - - /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from - any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an - la25 stub is required. */ - unsigned int has_nonpic_branches : 1; - - /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub - (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */ - unsigned int needs_lazy_stub : 1; - - /* Does this symbol resolve to a PLT entry? */ - unsigned int use_plt_entry : 1; -}; - -/* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */ - -struct mips_elf_link_hash_table -{ - struct elf_link_hash_table root; - - /* The number of .rtproc entries. */ - bfd_size_type procedure_count; - - /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */ - bfd_size_type compact_rel_size; - - /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic entry - is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5 and IRIX6. */ - bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head; - - /* The __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */ - struct elf_link_hash_entry *rld_symbol; - - /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */ - bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen; - - /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */ - bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs; - - /* True if we can only use 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */ - bfd_boolean insn32; - - /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */ - bfd_boolean is_vxworks; - - /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */ - bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported; - - /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not - being used. */ - asection *srelbss; - asection *sdynbss; - asection *srelplt; - asection *srelplt2; - asection *sgotplt; - asection *splt; - asection *sstubs; - asection *sgot; - - /* The master GOT information. */ - struct mips_got_info *got_info; - - /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic - symbol table. */ - struct elf_link_hash_entry *global_gotsym; - - /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */ - bfd_vma plt_header_size; - - /* The size of a standard PLT entry in bytes. */ - bfd_vma plt_mips_entry_size; - - /* The size of a compressed PLT entry in bytes. */ - bfd_vma plt_comp_entry_size; - - /* The offset of the next standard PLT entry to create. */ - bfd_vma plt_mips_offset; - - /* The offset of the next compressed PLT entry to create. */ - bfd_vma plt_comp_offset; - - /* The index of the next .got.plt entry to create. */ - bfd_vma plt_got_index; - - /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */ - bfd_vma lazy_stub_count; - - /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */ - bfd_vma function_stub_size; - - /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */ - unsigned int reserved_gotno; - - /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines. - See the comment above that structure for details. */ - asection *strampoline; - - /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset) - pairs. */ - htab_t la25_stubs; - - /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section - called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull, - the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it - should go at the (current) beginning of OS. - - The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it - returns null. */ - asection *(*add_stub_section) (const char *, asection *, asection *); - - /* Small local sym cache. */ - struct sym_cache sym_cache; - - /* Is the PLT header compressed? */ - unsigned int plt_header_is_comp : 1; -}; - -/* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */ - -#define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \ - (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \ - == MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL) - -/* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */ -struct mips_htab_traverse_info -{ - /* The usual link-wide information. */ - struct bfd_link_info *info; - bfd *output_bfd; - - /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */ - bfd_boolean error; -}; - -/* MIPS ELF private object data. */ - -struct mips_elf_obj_tdata -{ - /* Generic ELF private object data. */ - struct elf_obj_tdata root; - - /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attribute for output. */ - bfd *abi_fp_bfd; - - /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attribute for output. */ - bfd *abi_msa_bfd; - - /* The abiflags for this object. */ - Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags; - bfd_boolean abiflags_valid; - - /* The GOT requirements of input bfds. */ - struct mips_got_info *got; - - /* Used by _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line. The structure could be - included directly in this one, but there's no point to wasting - the memory just for the infrequently called find_nearest_line. */ - struct mips_elf_find_line *find_line_info; - - /* An array of stub sections indexed by symbol number. */ - asection **local_stubs; - asection **local_call_stubs; - - /* The Irix 5 support uses two virtual sections, which represent - text/data symbols defined in dynamic objects. */ - asymbol *elf_data_symbol; - asymbol *elf_text_symbol; - asection *elf_data_section; - asection *elf_text_section; -}; - -/* Get MIPS ELF private object data from BFD's tdata. */ - -#define mips_elf_tdata(bfd) \ - ((struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any) - -#define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \ - (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \ - || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \ - || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \ - || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \ - || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \ - || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \ - || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \ - || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \ - || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \ - || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \ - || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \ - || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \ - || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \ - || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD \ - || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM \ - || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \ - || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \ - || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL \ - || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \ - || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \ - || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD \ - || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM \ - || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \ - || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \ - || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \ - || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \ - || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16) - -/* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */ - -struct extsym_info -{ - bfd *abfd; - struct bfd_link_info *info; - struct ecoff_debug_info *debug; - const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap; - bfd_boolean failed; -}; - -/* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */ - -static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[] = -{ - "_procedure_table", - "_procedure_string_table", - "_procedure_table_size", - NULL -}; - -/* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on - IRIX5. */ - -typedef struct -{ - unsigned long id1; /* Always one? */ - unsigned long num; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */ - unsigned long id2; /* Always two? */ - unsigned long offset; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */ - unsigned long reserved0; /* Zero? */ - unsigned long reserved1; /* Zero? */ -} Elf32_compact_rel; - -typedef struct -{ - bfd_byte id1[4]; - bfd_byte num[4]; - bfd_byte id2[4]; - bfd_byte offset[4]; - bfd_byte reserved0[4]; - bfd_byte reserved1[4]; -} Elf32_External_compact_rel; - -typedef struct -{ - unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */ - unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */ - unsigned int dist2to : 8; - unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */ - unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */ - unsigned long vaddr; /* VADDR to be relocated. */ -} Elf32_crinfo; - -typedef struct -{ - unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */ - unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */ - unsigned int dist2to : 8; - unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */ - unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */ -} Elf32_crinfo2; - -typedef struct -{ - bfd_byte info[4]; - bfd_byte konst[4]; - bfd_byte vaddr[4]; -} Elf32_External_crinfo; - -typedef struct -{ - bfd_byte info[4]; - bfd_byte konst[4]; -} Elf32_External_crinfo2; - -/* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */ - -#define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1) -#define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31) -#define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf) -#define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27) -#define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff) -#define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19) -#define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff) -#define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0) - -/* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words) - formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr - fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */ -#define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1 -#define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0 - -/* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST - has different meaning for each type: - - (type) (konst) - CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data - CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX) - CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr - CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump - */ - -#define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa -#define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb -#define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc -#define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd - -#define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format)) -#define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type)) -#define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v)) -#define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2) - -/* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the - loader for use by the static exception system. */ - -typedef struct runtime_pdr { - bfd_vma adr; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */ - long regmask; /* Save register mask. */ - long regoffset; /* Save register offset. */ - long fregmask; /* Save floating point register mask. */ - long fregoffset; /* Save floating point register offset. */ - long frameoffset; /* Frame size. */ - short framereg; /* Frame pointer register. */ - short pcreg; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */ - long irpss; /* Index into the runtime string table. */ - long reserved; - struct exception_info *exception_info;/* Pointer to exception array. */ -} RPDR, *pRPDR; -#define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR) -#define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0) - -static struct mips_got_entry *mips_elf_create_local_got_entry - (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, bfd_vma, unsigned long, - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, int); -static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f - (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, void *); -static bfd_vma mips_elf_high - (bfd_vma); -static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation - (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *, - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, asection *, bfd_vma, - bfd_vma *, asection *); -static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp - (bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, bfd *); - -/* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */ -static bfd *reldyn_sorting_bfd; - -/* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include - non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */ -#define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \ - ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \ - || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900)) - -/* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL. - This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate - for RM9000 for now. */ -#define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \ - ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000) - -/* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL. - This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for - all CPUs. */ -#define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1 - -/* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B. - This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for - all CPUs. */ -#define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1 - -/* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */ -#define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \ - ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0) - -/* Nonzero if ABFD is using the O32 ABI. */ -#define ABI_O32_P(abfd) \ - ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32) - -/* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */ -#define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \ - ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0) - -/* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */ -#define ABI_64_P(abfd) \ - (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64) - -/* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */ -#define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd)) - -/* Nonzero if ABFD has microMIPS code. */ -#define MICROMIPS_P(abfd) \ - ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS) != 0) - -/* Nonzero if ABFD is MIPS R6. */ -#define MIPSR6_P(abfd) \ - ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6 \ - || (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6) - -/* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */ -#define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \ - (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd)) - -/* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */ -#define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \ - (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none) - -/* The name of the options section. */ -#define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \ - (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options") - -/* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section. - Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */ -#define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \ - (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0) - -/* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS section. */ -#define MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \ - (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0) - -/* Whether the section is readonly. */ -#define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \ - ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \ - == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) - -/* The name of the stub section. */ -#define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs" - -/* The size of an external REL relocation. */ -#define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \ - (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel) - -/* The size of an external RELA relocation. */ -#define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \ - (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela) - -/* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */ -#define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \ - (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn) - -/* The size of a GOT entry. */ -#define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \ - (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8) - -/* The size of the .rld_map section. */ -#define MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE(abfd) \ - (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8) - -/* The size of a symbol-table entry. */ -#define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \ - (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym) - -/* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */ -#define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \ - (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align) - -/* Get word-sized data. */ -#define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \ - (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr)) - -/* Put out word-sized data. */ -#define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \ - (ABI_64_P (abfd) \ - ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \ - : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr)) - -/* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */ -#define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \ - (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000) - -/* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */ -#define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \ - _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val) - -#define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \ - (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela)) - -/* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */ -#define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \ - (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn") - -/* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value - from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */ -#define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1) -#define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2) - -/* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is - a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the - module pointer. */ -#define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \ - ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31)) - -/* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */ -#define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \ - (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0) - -/* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit - offsets from $gp. */ -#define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff) - -/* Instructions which appear in a stub. */ -#define STUB_LW(abfd) \ - ((ABI_64_P (abfd) \ - ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \ - : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */ -#define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \ - ((ABI_64_P (abfd) \ - ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \ - : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */ -#define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */ -#define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */ -#define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */ -#define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */ -#define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \ - ((ABI_64_P (abfd) \ - ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \ - : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ - -/* Likewise for the microMIPS ASE. */ -#define STUB_LW_MICROMIPS(abfd) \ - (ABI_64_P (abfd) \ - ? 0xdf3c8010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \ - : 0xff3c8010) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */ -#define STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS 0x0dff /* move t7,ra */ -#define STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS(abfd) \ - (ABI_64_P (abfd) \ - ? 0x581f7950 /* daddu t7,ra,zero */ \ - : 0x001f7950) /* addu t7,ra,zero */ -#define STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \ - (0x41b80000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */ -#define STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS 0x45d9 /* jalr t9 */ -#define STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS 0x03f90f3c /* jalr ra,t9 */ -#define STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \ - (0x53180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */ -#define STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS(VAL) \ - (0x53000000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */ -#define STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS(abfd, VAL) \ - (ABI_64_P (abfd) \ - ? 0x5f000000 + (VAL) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \ - : 0x33000000 + (VAL)) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ - -#define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16 -#define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20 -#define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 12 -#define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 16 -#define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16 -#define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20 - -/* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp - section. */ - -#define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \ - (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \ - : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \ - : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1") - -#ifdef BFD64 -#define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \ - (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)) -#define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \ - (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i)) -#define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \ - (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i)) -#define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \ - (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t)) -#else -#define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos) -#define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \ - (ELF32_R_SYM (i)) -#define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \ - (ELF32_R_TYPE (i)) -#define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \ - (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t)) -#endif - - /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle - floating point arguments. - - Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that - copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and - then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the - call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit - function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to - consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because - if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub, - since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function. - - Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs - that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp - regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function, - then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected - to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the - stub should be discarded. - - .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs - which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs - to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while - calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs - must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not - needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because - 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both - $f0/$f1 and $2/$3.) - - Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically. - Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation - information will indicate which symbol the section is for. - - We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */ - -#define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn." -#define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call." -#define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp." - -#define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB) -#define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB) -#define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB) - -/* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */ -static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry[] = -{ - 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */ - 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */ - 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */ - 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */ - 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */ - 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */ - 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */ - 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */ -}; - -/* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different - because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */ -static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry[] = -{ - 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */ - 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */ - 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */ - 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */ - 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */ - 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */ - 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */ - 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */ -}; - -/* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different - from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */ -static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry[] = -{ - 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */ - 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */ - 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */ - 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */ - 0x03e0782d, /* move $15, $31 # 64-bit move (daddu) */ - 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */ - 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */ - 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */ -}; - -/* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable. - We rely on v0 ($2) rather than t8 ($24) to contain the address - of the GOTPLT entry handled, so this stub may only be used when - all the subsequent PLT entries are microMIPS code too. - - The trailing NOP is for alignment and correct disassembly only. */ -static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry[] = -{ - 0x7980, 0x0000, /* addiupc $3, (&GOTPLT[0]) - . */ - 0xff23, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($3) */ - 0x0535, /* subu $2, $2, $3 */ - 0x2525, /* srl $2, $2, 2 */ - 0x3302, 0xfffe, /* subu $24, $2, 2 */ - 0x0dff, /* move $15, $31 */ - 0x45f9, /* jalrs $25 */ - 0x0f83, /* move $28, $3 */ - 0x0c00 /* nop */ -}; - -/* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable - in the insn32 mode. */ -static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry[] = -{ - 0x41bc, 0x0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */ - 0xff3c, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */ - 0x339c, 0x0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */ - 0x0398, 0xc1d0, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */ - 0x001f, 0x7950, /* move $15, $31 */ - 0x0318, 0x1040, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */ - 0x03f9, 0x0f3c, /* jalr $25 */ - 0x3318, 0xfffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */ -}; - -/* The format of subsequent standard PLT entries. */ -static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry[] = -{ - 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */ - 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */ - 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */ - 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */ -}; - -static const bfd_vma mipsr6_exec_plt_entry[] = -{ - 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */ - 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */ - 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */ - 0x03200009 /* jr $25 */ -}; - -/* The format of subsequent MIPS16 o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2) - and v1 ($3) as temporaries because t8 ($24) and t9 ($25) are not - directly addressable. */ -static const bfd_vma mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry[] = -{ - 0xb203, /* lw $2, 12($pc) */ - 0x9a60, /* lw $3, 0($2) */ - 0x651a, /* move $24, $2 */ - 0xeb00, /* jr $3 */ - 0x653b, /* move $25, $3 */ - 0x6500, /* nop */ - 0x0000, 0x0000 /* .word (.got.plt entry) */ -}; - -/* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2) - as a temporary because t8 ($24) is not addressable with ADDIUPC. */ -static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry[] = -{ - 0x7900, 0x0000, /* addiupc $2, (.got.plt entry) - . */ - 0xff22, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($2) */ - 0x4599, /* jr $25 */ - 0x0f02 /* move $24, $2 */ -}; - -/* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries in the insn32 mode. */ -static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry[] = -{ - 0x41af, 0x0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */ - 0xff2f, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */ - 0x0019, 0x0f3c, /* jr $25 */ - 0x330f, 0x0000 /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */ -}; - -/* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */ -static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry[] = -{ - 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */ - 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */ - 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */ - 0x00000000, /* nop */ - 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */ - 0x00000000 /* nop */ -}; - -/* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */ -static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry[] = -{ - 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */ - 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */ - 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */ - 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */ - 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */ - 0x00000000, /* nop */ - 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */ - 0x00000000 /* nop */ -}; - -/* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */ -static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[] = -{ - 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */ - 0x00000000, /* nop */ - 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */ - 0x00000000, /* nop */ - 0x00000000, /* nop */ - 0x00000000 /* nop */ -}; - -/* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */ -static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry[] = -{ - 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */ - 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */ -}; - -/* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper installer. */ - -static void -bfd_put_micromips_32 (const bfd *abfd, bfd_vma opcode, bfd_byte *ptr) -{ - bfd_put_16 (abfd, (opcode >> 16) & 0xffff, ptr); - bfd_put_16 (abfd, opcode & 0xffff, ptr + 2); -} - -/* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper retriever. */ - -static bfd_vma -bfd_get_micromips_32 (const bfd *abfd, const bfd_byte *ptr) -{ - return (bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr + 2); -} - -/* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */ - -#define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \ - ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \ - elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \ - (copy), (follow))) - -/* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */ - -#define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \ - (elf_link_hash_traverse \ - (&(table)->root, \ - (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \ - (info))) - -/* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object, - for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */ - -#define TP_OFFSET 0x7000 -#define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000 - -static bfd_vma -dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info) -{ - /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */ - if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL) - return 0; - return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; -} - -static bfd_vma -tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info) -{ - /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */ - if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL) - return 0; - return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET; -} - -/* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */ - -static struct bfd_hash_entry * -mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry, - struct bfd_hash_table *table, const char *string) -{ - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *ret = - (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry; - - /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a - subclass. */ - if (ret == NULL) - ret = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry)); - if (ret == NULL) - return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret; - - /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */ - ret = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) - _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret, - table, string)); - if (ret != NULL) - { - /* Set local fields. */ - memset (&ret->esym, 0, sizeof (EXTR)); - /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has - not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */ - ret->esym.ifd = -2; - ret->la25_stub = 0; - ret->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0; - ret->fn_stub = NULL; - ret->call_stub = NULL; - ret->call_fp_stub = NULL; - ret->global_got_area = GGA_NONE; - ret->got_only_for_calls = TRUE; - ret->readonly_reloc = FALSE; - ret->has_static_relocs = FALSE; - ret->no_fn_stub = FALSE; - ret->need_fn_stub = FALSE; - ret->has_nonpic_branches = FALSE; - ret->needs_lazy_stub = FALSE; - ret->use_plt_entry = FALSE; - } - - return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret; -} - -/* Allocate MIPS ELF private object data. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd) -{ - return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_obj_tdata), - MIPS_ELF_DATA); -} - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) -{ - if (!sec->used_by_bfd) - { - struct _mips_elf_section_data *sdata; - bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*sdata); - - sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); - if (sdata == NULL) - return FALSE; - sec->used_by_bfd = sdata; - } - - return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec); -} - -/* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a - ecoff_debug_info structure. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd *abfd, asection *section, - struct ecoff_debug_info *debug) -{ - HDRR *symhdr; - const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap; - char *ext_hdr; - - swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap; - memset (debug, 0, sizeof (*debug)); - - ext_hdr = bfd_malloc (swap->external_hdr_size); - if (ext_hdr == NULL && swap->external_hdr_size != 0) - goto error_return; - - if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, section, ext_hdr, 0, - swap->external_hdr_size)) - goto error_return; - - symhdr = &debug->symbolic_header; - (*swap->swap_hdr_in) (abfd, ext_hdr, symhdr); - - /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to - read. */ -#define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \ - if (symhdr->count == 0) \ - debug->ptr = NULL; \ - else \ - { \ - bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \ - debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \ - if (debug->ptr == NULL) \ - goto error_return; \ - if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \ - || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \ - goto error_return; \ - } - - READ (line, cbLineOffset, cbLine, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *); - READ (external_dnr, cbDnOffset, idnMax, swap->external_dnr_size, void *); - READ (external_pdr, cbPdOffset, ipdMax, swap->external_pdr_size, void *); - READ (external_sym, cbSymOffset, isymMax, swap->external_sym_size, void *); - READ (external_opt, cbOptOffset, ioptMax, swap->external_opt_size, void *); - READ (external_aux, cbAuxOffset, iauxMax, sizeof (union aux_ext), - union aux_ext *); - READ (ss, cbSsOffset, issMax, sizeof (char), char *); - READ (ssext, cbSsExtOffset, issExtMax, sizeof (char), char *); - READ (external_fdr, cbFdOffset, ifdMax, swap->external_fdr_size, void *); - READ (external_rfd, cbRfdOffset, crfd, swap->external_rfd_size, void *); - READ (external_ext, cbExtOffset, iextMax, swap->external_ext_size, void *); -#undef READ - - debug->fdr = NULL; - - return TRUE; - - error_return: - if (ext_hdr != NULL) - free (ext_hdr); - if (debug->line != NULL) - free (debug->line); - if (debug->external_dnr != NULL) - free (debug->external_dnr); - if (debug->external_pdr != NULL) - free (debug->external_pdr); - if (debug->external_sym != NULL) - free (debug->external_sym); - if (debug->external_opt != NULL) - free (debug->external_opt); - if (debug->external_aux != NULL) - free (debug->external_aux); - if (debug->ss != NULL) - free (debug->ss); - if (debug->ssext != NULL) - free (debug->ssext); - if (debug->external_fdr != NULL) - free (debug->external_fdr); - if (debug->external_rfd != NULL) - free (debug->external_rfd); - if (debug->external_ext != NULL) - free (debug->external_ext); - return FALSE; -} - -/* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */ - -static void -ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd *abfd, const RPDR *in, struct rpdr_ext *ex) -{ - H_PUT_S32 (abfd, in->adr, ex->p_adr); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regmask, ex->p_regmask); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regoffset, ex->p_regoffset); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregmask, ex->p_fregmask); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregoffset, ex->p_fregoffset); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->frameoffset, ex->p_frameoffset); - - H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->framereg, ex->p_framereg); - H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->pcreg, ex->p_pcreg); - - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->irpss, ex->p_irpss); -} - -/* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle, bfd *abfd, - struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *s, - struct ecoff_debug_info *debug) -{ - const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap; - HDRR *hdr = &debug->symbolic_header; - RPDR *rpdr, *rp; - struct rpdr_ext *erp; - void *rtproc; - struct pdr_ext *epdr; - struct sym_ext *esym; - char *ss, **sv; - char *str; - bfd_size_type size; - bfd_size_type count; - unsigned long sindex; - unsigned long i; - PDR pdr; - SYMR sym; - const char *no_name_func = _("static procedure (no name)"); - - epdr = NULL; - rpdr = NULL; - esym = NULL; - ss = NULL; - sv = NULL; - - swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap; - - sindex = strlen (no_name_func) + 1; - count = hdr->ipdMax; - if (count > 0) - { - size = swap->external_pdr_size; - - epdr = bfd_malloc (size * count); - if (epdr == NULL) - goto error_return; - - if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle, (bfd_byte *) epdr)) - goto error_return; - - size = sizeof (RPDR); - rp = rpdr = bfd_malloc (size * count); - if (rpdr == NULL) - goto error_return; - - size = sizeof (char *); - sv = bfd_malloc (size * count); - if (sv == NULL) - goto error_return; - - count = hdr->isymMax; - size = swap->external_sym_size; - esym = bfd_malloc (size * count); - if (esym == NULL) - goto error_return; - - if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle, (bfd_byte *) esym)) - goto error_return; - - count = hdr->issMax; - ss = bfd_malloc (count); - if (ss == NULL) - goto error_return; - if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle, (bfd_byte *) ss)) - goto error_return; - - count = hdr->ipdMax; - for (i = 0; i < (unsigned long) count; i++, rp++) - { - (*swap->swap_pdr_in) (abfd, epdr + i, &pdr); - (*swap->swap_sym_in) (abfd, &esym[pdr.isym], &sym); - rp->adr = sym.value; - rp->regmask = pdr.regmask; - rp->regoffset = pdr.regoffset; - rp->fregmask = pdr.fregmask; - rp->fregoffset = pdr.fregoffset; - rp->frameoffset = pdr.frameoffset; - rp->framereg = pdr.framereg; - rp->pcreg = pdr.pcreg; - rp->irpss = sindex; - sv[i] = ss + sym.iss; - sindex += strlen (sv[i]) + 1; - } - } - - size = sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2) + sindex; - size = BFD_ALIGN (size, 16); - rtproc = bfd_alloc (abfd, size); - if (rtproc == NULL) - { - mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = 0; - goto error_return; - } - - mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = count + 2; - - erp = rtproc; - memset (erp, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext)); - erp++; - str = (char *) rtproc + sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2); - strcpy (str, no_name_func); - str += strlen (no_name_func) + 1; - for (i = 0; i < count; i++) - { - ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd, rpdr + i, erp + i); - strcpy (str, sv[i]); - str += strlen (sv[i]) + 1; - } - H_PUT_S32 (abfd, -1, (erp + count)->p_adr); - - /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */ - s->size = size; - s->contents = rtproc; - - /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently - matters, but someday it might). */ - s->map_head.link_order = NULL; - - if (epdr != NULL) - free (epdr); - if (rpdr != NULL) - free (rpdr); - if (esym != NULL) - free (esym); - if (ss != NULL) - free (ss); - if (sv != NULL) - free (sv); - - return TRUE; - - error_return: - if (epdr != NULL) - free (epdr); - if (rpdr != NULL) - free (rpdr); - if (esym != NULL) - free (esym); - if (ss != NULL) - free (ss); - if (sv != NULL) - free (sv); - return FALSE; -} - -/* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's - value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, - const char *prefix, asection *s, bfd_vma value, - bfd_vma size) -{ - struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh; - struct elf_link_hash_entry *elfh; - const char *name; - - if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->root.other)) - value |= 1; - - /* Create a new symbol. */ - name = ACONCAT ((prefix, h->root.root.root.string, NULL)); - bh = NULL; - if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, s->owner, name, - BSF_LOCAL, s, value, NULL, - TRUE, FALSE, &bh)) - return FALSE; - - /* Make it a local function. */ - elfh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh; - elfh->type = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FUNC); - elfh->size = size; - elfh->forced_local = 1; - return TRUE; -} - -/* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's - current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier - to read. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, - const char *prefix) -{ - struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh; - struct elf_link_hash_entry *elfh; - const char *name; - asection *s; - bfd_vma value; - - /* Read the symbol's value. */ - BFD_ASSERT (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined - || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak); - s = h->root.root.u.def.section; - value = h->root.root.u.def.value; - - /* Create a new symbol. */ - name = ACONCAT ((prefix, h->root.root.root.string, NULL)); - bh = NULL; - if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, s->owner, name, - BSF_LOCAL, s, value, NULL, - TRUE, FALSE, &bh)) - return FALSE; - - /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */ - elfh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh; - elfh->type = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, ELF_ST_TYPE (h->root.type)); - elfh->other = h->root.other; - elfh->size = h->root.size; - elfh->forced_local = 1; - return TRUE; -} - -/* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16 - function rather than to a hard-float stub. */ - -static bfd_boolean -section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection *section) -{ - const char *name; - - name = bfd_get_section_name (section->owner, section); - return (FN_STUB_P (name) - || CALL_STUB_P (name) - || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name) - || strcmp (name, ".pdr") == 0); -} - -/* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16 - stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target - function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */ - -static unsigned long -mips16_stub_symndx (const struct elf_backend_data *bed, - asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, - const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs, - const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend) -{ - int int_rels_per_ext_rel = bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel; - const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel; - - /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any, but not a subsequent - one in a compound relocation. */ - for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel += int_rels_per_ext_rel) - if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info) == R_MIPS_NONE) - return ELF_R_SYM (sec->owner, rel->r_info); - - /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is - the traditional behavior. */ - if (relocs < relend) - return ELF_R_SYM (sec->owner, relocs->r_info); - - return 0; -} - -/* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can - discard them. */ - -static void -mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info, - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h) -{ - /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other - objects try to call them. */ - if (h->fn_stub != NULL - && h->root.dynindx != -1) - { - mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info, h, ".mips16."); - h->need_fn_stub = TRUE; - } - - if (h->fn_stub != NULL - && ! h->need_fn_stub) - { - /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol - are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from - being included in the link. */ - h->fn_stub->size = 0; - h->fn_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC; - h->fn_stub->reloc_count = 0; - h->fn_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; - } - - if (h->call_stub != NULL - && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other)) - { - /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so - calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size - to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */ - h->call_stub->size = 0; - h->call_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC; - h->call_stub->reloc_count = 0; - h->call_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; - } - - if (h->call_fp_stub != NULL - && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other)) - { - /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so - calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size - to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */ - h->call_fp_stub->size = 0; - h->call_fp_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC; - h->call_fp_stub->reloc_count = 0; - h->call_fp_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; - } -} - -/* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */ - -static hashval_t -mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_) -{ - const struct mips_elf_la25_stub *entry; - - entry = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry_; - return entry->h->root.root.u.def.section->id - + entry->h->root.root.u.def.value; -} - -static int -mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_, const void *entry2_) -{ - const struct mips_elf_la25_stub *entry1, *entry2; - - entry1 = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry1_; - entry2 = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry2_; - return ((entry1->h->root.root.u.def.section - == entry2->h->root.root.u.def.section) - && (entry1->h->root.root.u.def.value - == entry2->h->root.root.u.def.value)); -} - -/* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is - the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on - success. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info, - asection *(*fn) (const char *, asection *, - asection *)) -{ - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - if (htab == NULL) - return FALSE; - - htab->add_stub_section = fn; - htab->la25_stubs = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash, - mips_elf_la25_stub_eq, NULL); - if (htab->la25_stubs == NULL) - return FALSE; - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense - that it or its fn_stub might need $25 to be valid on entry. - Note that MIPS16 functions set up $gp using PC-relative instructions, - so they themselves never need $25 to be valid. Only non-MIPS16 - entry points are of interest here. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h) -{ - return ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined - || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) - && h->root.def_regular - && !bfd_is_abs_section (h->root.root.u.def.section) - && (!ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other) - || (h->fn_stub && h->need_fn_stub)) - && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h->root.root.u.def.section->owner) - || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h->root.other))); -} - -/* Set *SEC to the input section that contains the target of STUB. - Return the offset of the target from the start of that section. */ - -static bfd_vma -mips_elf_get_la25_target (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub, - asection **sec) -{ - if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (stub->h->root.other)) - { - BFD_ASSERT (stub->h->need_fn_stub); - *sec = stub->h->fn_stub; - return 0; - } - else - { - *sec = stub->h->root.root.u.def.section; - return stub->h->root.root.u.def.value; - } -} - -/* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement - by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function. - Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub, - struct bfd_link_info *info) -{ - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - char *name; - asection *s, *input_section; - unsigned int align; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - if (htab == NULL) - return FALSE; - - /* Create a unique name for the new section. */ - name = bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub.")); - if (name == NULL) - return FALSE; - sprintf (name, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab->la25_stubs)); - - /* Create the section. */ - mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub, &input_section); - s = htab->add_stub_section (name, input_section, - input_section->output_section); - if (s == NULL) - return FALSE; - - /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */ - align = input_section->alignment_power; - if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s->owner, s, align)) - return FALSE; - if (align > 3) - s->size = (1 << align) - 8; - - /* Create a symbol for the stub. */ - mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info, stub->h, ".pic.", s, s->size, 8); - stub->stub_section = s; - stub->offset = s->size; - - /* Allocate room for it. */ - s->size += 8; - return TRUE; -} - -/* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement - with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect - the function symbol to it. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub, - struct bfd_link_info *info) -{ - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - asection *s; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - if (htab == NULL) - return FALSE; - - /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */ - s = htab->strampoline; - if (s == NULL) - { - asection *input_section = stub->h->root.root.u.def.section; - s = htab->add_stub_section (".text", NULL, - input_section->output_section); - if (s == NULL || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s->owner, s, 4)) - return FALSE; - htab->strampoline = s; - } - - /* Create a symbol for the stub. */ - mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info, stub->h, ".pic.", s, s->size, 16); - stub->stub_section = s; - stub->offset = s->size; - - /* Allocate room for it. */ - s->size += 16; - return TRUE; -} - -/* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an - appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info *info, - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h) -{ - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - struct mips_elf_la25_stub search, *stub; - bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p; - asection *s; - bfd_vma value; - void **slot; - - /* Describe the stub we want. */ - search.stub_section = NULL; - search.offset = 0; - search.h = h; - - /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */ - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - if (htab == NULL) - return FALSE; - - slot = htab_find_slot (htab->la25_stubs, &search, INSERT); - if (slot == NULL) - return FALSE; - - stub = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) *slot; - if (stub != NULL) - { - /* We can reuse the existing stub. */ - h->la25_stub = stub; - return TRUE; - } - - /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */ - stub = bfd_malloc (sizeof (search)); - if (stub == NULL) - return FALSE; - *stub = search; - *slot = stub; - - /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning - of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */ - value = mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub, &s); - use_trampoline_p = (value != 0 || s->alignment_power > 4); - - h->la25_stub = stub; - return (use_trampoline_p - ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub, info) - : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub, info)); -} - -/* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing - sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data) -{ - struct mips_htab_traverse_info *hti; - - hti = (struct mips_htab_traverse_info *) data; - if (!hti->info->relocatable) - mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti->info, h); - - if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h)) - { - /* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage - collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */ - if (bfd_is_abs_section (h->root.root.u.def.section->output_section)) - return TRUE; - - /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry. - If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as - being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with - non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25 - stub. */ - if (hti->info->relocatable) - { - if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti->output_bfd)) - h->root.other = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h->root.other); - } - else if (h->has_nonpic_branches && !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti->info, h)) - { - hti->error = TRUE; - return FALSE; - } - } - return TRUE; -} - -/* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions. - Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions - are 32 bits. - - The format of these instructions is: - - +--------------+--------------------------------+ - | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 | - +--------------+--------------------------------+ - | Immediate 15:0 | - +-----------------------------------------------+ - - JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx. - Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped. - - When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is - handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is - stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction. - (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a - R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is - always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2 - 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a - big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian - file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped. - This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal - instruction. - - When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit - instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the - contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as - R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the - immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the - value as two 16-bit values. - - To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16, - defined as - - big-endian: - +--------+----------------------+ - | | | - | | targ26-16 | - |31 26|25 0| - +--------+----------------------+ - - little-endian: - +----------+------+-------------+ - | | | | - | sub1 | | sub2 | - |0 9|10 15|16 31| - +----------+--------------------+ - where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is - ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)). - - When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is - (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2) - When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is - let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2) - ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff) - - The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations. - Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation - given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit - immediate fields: - - R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16 - R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16 - R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16 - R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16 - R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16 - - A typical instruction will have a format like this: - - +--------------+--------------------------------+ - | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 | - +--------------+--------------------------------+ - | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 | - +--------------+--------------------------------+ - - EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction - opcode. - - All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately. - As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a - little-endian system. */ - -static inline bfd_boolean -mips16_reloc_p (int r_type) -{ - switch (r_type) - { - case R_MIPS16_26: - case R_MIPS16_GPREL: - case R_MIPS16_GOT16: - case R_MIPS16_CALL16: - case R_MIPS16_HI16: - case R_MIPS16_LO16: - case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD: - case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM: - case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16: - case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16: - case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL: - case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16: - case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16: - return TRUE; - - default: - return FALSE; - } -} - -/* Check if a microMIPS reloc. */ - -static inline bfd_boolean -micromips_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type) -{ - return r_type >= R_MICROMIPS_min && r_type < R_MICROMIPS_max; -} - -/* Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped - on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1 - and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions. */ - -static inline bfd_boolean -micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (unsigned int r_type) -{ - return (micromips_reloc_p (r_type) - && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1 - && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1); -} - -static inline bfd_boolean -got16_reloc_p (int r_type) -{ - return (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16 - || r_type == R_MIPS16_GOT16 - || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT16); -} - -static inline bfd_boolean -call16_reloc_p (int r_type) -{ - return (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL16 - || r_type == R_MIPS16_CALL16 - || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL16); -} - -static inline bfd_boolean -got_disp_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type) -{ - return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_DISP || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP; -} - -static inline bfd_boolean -got_page_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type) -{ - return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE; -} - -static inline bfd_boolean -got_ofst_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type) -{ - return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_OFST || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST; -} - -static inline bfd_boolean -got_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type) -{ - return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_HI16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16; -} - -static inline bfd_boolean -got_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type) -{ - return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16; -} - -static inline bfd_boolean -call_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type) -{ - return r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16; -} - -static inline bfd_boolean -call_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type) -{ - return r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16; -} - -static inline bfd_boolean -hi16_reloc_p (int r_type) -{ - return (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16 - || r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16 - || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16 - || r_type == R_MIPS_PCHI16); -} - -static inline bfd_boolean -lo16_reloc_p (int r_type) -{ - return (r_type == R_MIPS_LO16 - || r_type == R_MIPS16_LO16 - || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_LO16 - || r_type == R_MIPS_PCLO16); -} - -static inline bfd_boolean -mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type) -{ - return r_type == R_MIPS16_26 || r_type == R_MIPS16_CALL16; -} - -static inline bfd_boolean -jal_reloc_p (int r_type) -{ - return (r_type == R_MIPS_26 - || r_type == R_MIPS16_26 - || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1); -} - -static inline bfd_boolean -aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (int r_type) -{ - return (r_type == R_MIPS_PC18_S3 - || r_type == R_MIPS_PC19_S2); -} - -static inline bfd_boolean -micromips_branch_reloc_p (int r_type) -{ - return (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 - || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 - || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 - || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1); -} - -static inline bfd_boolean -tls_gd_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type) -{ - return (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD - || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD - || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD); -} - -static inline bfd_boolean -tls_ldm_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type) -{ - return (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM - || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM - || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM); -} - -static inline bfd_boolean -tls_gottprel_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type) -{ - return (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL - || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL - || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL); -} - -void -_bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type, - bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data) -{ - bfd_vma first, second, val; - - if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type)) - return; - - /* Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction. */ - first = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data); - second = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data + 2); - if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type) || (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !jal_shuffle)) - val = first << 16 | second; - else if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26) - val = (((first & 0xf800) << 16) | ((second & 0xffe0) << 11) - | ((first & 0x1f) << 11) | (first & 0x7e0) | (second & 0x1f)); - else - val = (((first & 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first & 0x3e0) << 11) - | ((first & 0x1f) << 21) | second); - bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, data); -} - -void -_bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type, - bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data) -{ - bfd_vma first, second, val; - - if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type)) - return; - - val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, data); - if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type) || (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !jal_shuffle)) - { - second = val & 0xffff; - first = val >> 16; - } - else if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26) - { - second = ((val >> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val & 0x1f); - first = ((val >> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val >> 11) & 0x1f) | (val & 0x7e0); - } - else - { - second = val & 0xffff; - first = ((val >> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val >> 11) & 0x3e0) - | ((val >> 21) & 0x1f); - } - bfd_put_16 (abfd, second, data + 2); - bfd_put_16 (abfd, first, data); -} - -bfd_reloc_status_type -_bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd *abfd, asymbol *symbol, - arelent *reloc_entry, asection *input_section, - bfd_boolean relocatable, void *data, bfd_vma gp) -{ - bfd_vma relocation; - bfd_signed_vma val; - bfd_reloc_status_type status; - - if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section)) - relocation = 0; - else - relocation = symbol->value; - - relocation += symbol->section->output_section->vma; - relocation += symbol->section->output_offset; - - if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section)) - return bfd_reloc_outofrange; - - /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */ - val = reloc_entry->addend; - - _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val, 16); - - /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we - are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for - an external symbol. */ - if (! relocatable - || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0) - val += relocation - gp; - - if (reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace) - { - status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val, - (bfd_byte *) data - + reloc_entry->address); - if (status != bfd_reloc_ok) - return status; - } - else - reloc_entry->addend = val; - - if (relocatable) - reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset; - - return bfd_reloc_ok; -} - -/* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or - R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section - that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of - INPUT_SECTION. */ - -struct mips_hi16 -{ - struct mips_hi16 *next; - bfd_byte *data; - asection *input_section; - arelent rel; -}; - -/* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */ - -static struct mips_hi16 *mips_hi16_list; - -/* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only - calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering - *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later. - - The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16. - However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of - *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly - simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */ - -bfd_reloc_status_type -_bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry, - asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, void *data, - asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd, - char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) -{ - struct mips_hi16 *n; - - if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section)) - return bfd_reloc_outofrange; - - n = bfd_malloc (sizeof *n); - if (n == NULL) - return bfd_reloc_outofrange; - - n->next = mips_hi16_list; - n->data = data; - n->input_section = input_section; - n->rel = *reloc_entry; - mips_hi16_list = n; - - if (output_bfd != NULL) - reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset; - - return bfd_reloc_ok; -} - -/* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just - like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is - treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */ - -bfd_reloc_status_type -_bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol, - void *data, asection *input_section, - bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message) -{ - if ((symbol->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0 - || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol)) - || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol))) - /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */ - return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, - input_section, output_bfd, - error_message); - - return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, - input_section, output_bfd, error_message); -} - -/* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself - is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with - any partnering high-part relocations as well. */ - -bfd_reloc_status_type -_bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol, - void *data, asection *input_section, - bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message) -{ - bfd_vma vallo; - bfd_byte *location = (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address; - - if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section)) - return bfd_reloc_outofrange; - - _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE, - location); - vallo = bfd_get_32 (abfd, location); - _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE, - location); - - while (mips_hi16_list != NULL) - { - bfd_reloc_status_type ret; - struct mips_hi16 *hi; - - hi = mips_hi16_list; - - /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We - want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16 - relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16 - relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto - has a rightshift of 0. */ - if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS_GOT16) - hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS_HI16, FALSE); - else if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS16_GOT16) - hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS16_HI16, FALSE); - else if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT16) - hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MICROMIPS_HI16, FALSE); - - /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any - carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */ - hi->rel.addend += (vallo + 0x8000) & 0xffff; - - ret = _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, &hi->rel, symbol, hi->data, - hi->input_section, output_bfd, - error_message); - if (ret != bfd_reloc_ok) - return ret; - - mips_hi16_list = hi->next; - free (hi); - } - - return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, - input_section, output_bfd, - error_message); -} - -/* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the - relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in - bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */ - -bfd_reloc_status_type -_bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry, - asymbol *symbol, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, - asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd, - char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) -{ - bfd_signed_vma val; - bfd_reloc_status_type status; - bfd_boolean relocatable; - - relocatable = (output_bfd != NULL); - - if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section)) - return bfd_reloc_outofrange; - - /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */ - val = 0; - if (!relocatable || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0) - { - /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a - relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's - offset or address. */ - val += symbol->section->output_section->vma; - val += symbol->section->output_offset; - } - - if (!relocatable) - { - /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value - and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */ - val += symbol->value; - if (reloc_entry->howto->pc_relative) - { - val -= input_section->output_section->vma; - val -= input_section->output_offset; - val -= reloc_entry->address; - } - } - - /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation - in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend, - we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add - VAL to the relocation field itself. */ - if (relocatable && !reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace) - reloc_entry->addend += val; - else - { - bfd_byte *location = (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address; - - /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */ - val += reloc_entry->addend; - - /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */ - _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE, - location); - status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val, - location); - _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE, - location); - - if (status != bfd_reloc_ok) - return status; - } - - if (relocatable) - reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset; - - return bfd_reloc_ok; -} - -/* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely - on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */ - -static void -bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_gptab *ex, - Elf32_gptab *in) -{ - in->gt_entry.gt_g_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value); - in->gt_entry.gt_bytes = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes); -} - -static void -bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_gptab *in, - Elf32_External_gptab *ex) -{ - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_g_value, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_bytes, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes); -} - -static void -bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_compact_rel *in, - Elf32_External_compact_rel *ex) -{ - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id1, ex->id1); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->num, ex->num); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id2, ex->id2); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->offset, ex->offset); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved0, ex->reserved0); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved1, ex->reserved1); -} - -static void -bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_crinfo *in, - Elf32_External_crinfo *ex) -{ - unsigned long l; - - l = (((in->ctype & CRINFO_CTYPE) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH) - | ((in->rtype & CRINFO_RTYPE) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH) - | ((in->dist2to & CRINFO_DIST2TO) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH) - | ((in->relvaddr & CRINFO_RELVADDR) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH)); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, l, ex->info); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->konst, ex->konst); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->vaddr, ex->vaddr); -} - -/* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These - routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of - BFD, so they are globally visible. */ - -void -bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex, - Elf32_RegInfo *in) -{ - in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask); - in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]); - in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]); - in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]); - in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]); - in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value); -} - -void -bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_RegInfo *in, - Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex) -{ - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value); -} - -/* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register - information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap - them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used - outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them - without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */ - -void -bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex, - Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in) -{ - in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask); - in->ri_pad = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_pad); - in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]); - in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]); - in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]); - in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]); - in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_64 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value); -} - -void -bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in, - Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex) -{ - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_pad, ex->ri_pad); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]); - H_PUT_64 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value); -} - -/* Swap in an options header. */ - -void -bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf_External_Options *ex, - Elf_Internal_Options *in) -{ - in->kind = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->kind); - in->size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->size); - in->section = H_GET_16 (abfd, ex->section); - in->info = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->info); -} - -/* Swap out an options header. */ - -void -bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Options *in, - Elf_External_Options *ex) -{ - H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->kind, ex->kind); - H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->size, ex->size); - H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->section, ex->section); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->info, ex->info); -} - -/* Swap in an abiflags structure. */ - -void -bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (bfd *abfd, - const Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 *ex, - Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 *in) -{ - in->version = H_GET_16 (abfd, ex->version); - in->isa_level = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->isa_level); - in->isa_rev = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->isa_rev); - in->gpr_size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->gpr_size); - in->cpr1_size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->cpr1_size); - in->cpr2_size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->cpr2_size); - in->fp_abi = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->fp_abi); - in->isa_ext = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->isa_ext); - in->ases = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ases); - in->flags1 = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->flags1); - in->flags2 = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->flags2); -} - -/* Swap out an abiflags structure. */ - -void -bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (bfd *abfd, - const Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 *in, - Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 *ex) -{ - H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->version, ex->version); - H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->isa_level, ex->isa_level); - H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->isa_rev, ex->isa_rev); - H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->gpr_size, ex->gpr_size); - H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->cpr1_size, ex->cpr1_size); - H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->cpr2_size, ex->cpr2_size); - H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->fp_abi, ex->fp_abi); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->isa_ext, ex->isa_ext); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ases, ex->ases); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->flags1, ex->flags1); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->flags2, ex->flags2); -} - -/* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation - entries by increasing r_symndx value. */ - -static int -sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1, const void *arg2) -{ - Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1; - Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2; - int diff; - - bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, &int_reloc1); - bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, &int_reloc2); - - diff = ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1.r_info) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2.r_info); - if (diff != 0) - return diff; - - if (int_reloc1.r_offset < int_reloc2.r_offset) - return -1; - if (int_reloc1.r_offset > int_reloc2.r_offset) - return 1; - return 0; -} - -/* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */ - -static int -sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, - const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) -{ -#ifdef BFD64 - Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1[3]; - Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2[3]; - - (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in) - (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, int_reloc1); - (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in) - (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, int_reloc2); - - if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info)) - return -1; - if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info)) - return 1; - - if (int_reloc1[0].r_offset < int_reloc2[0].r_offset) - return -1; - if (int_reloc1[0].r_offset > int_reloc2[0].r_offset) - return 1; - return 0; -#else - abort (); -#endif -} - - -/* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol - information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The - ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external - symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know - whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two - tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external - symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug - section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we - can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are - required by relocation until we relocate the sections. - Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be - stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen - when generating a final executable. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data) -{ - struct extsym_info *einfo = data; - bfd_boolean strip; - asection *sec, *output_section; - - if (h->root.indx == -2) - strip = FALSE; - else if ((h->root.def_dynamic - || h->root.ref_dynamic - || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new) - && !h->root.def_regular - && !h->root.ref_regular) - strip = TRUE; - else if (einfo->info->strip == strip_all - || (einfo->info->strip == strip_some - && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo->info->keep_hash, - h->root.root.root.string, - FALSE, FALSE) == NULL)) - strip = TRUE; - else - strip = FALSE; - - if (strip) - return TRUE; - - if (h->esym.ifd == -2) - { - h->esym.jmptbl = 0; - h->esym.cobol_main = 0; - h->esym.weakext = 0; - h->esym.reserved = 0; - h->esym.ifd = ifdNil; - h->esym.asym.value = 0; - h->esym.asym.st = stGlobal; - - if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined - || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) - { - const char *name; - - /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some - special symbols. */ - name = h->root.root.root.string; - if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0 - || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0) - { - h->esym.asym.sc = scData; - h->esym.asym.st = stLabel; - h->esym.asym.value = 0; - } - else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0) - { - h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs; - h->esym.asym.st = stLabel; - h->esym.asym.value = - mips_elf_hash_table (einfo->info)->procedure_count; - } - else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo->abfd)) - { - h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs; - h->esym.asym.st = stLabel; - h->esym.asym.value = elf_gp (einfo->abfd); - } - else - h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined; - } - else if (h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined - && h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak) - h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs; - else - { - const char *name; - - sec = h->root.root.u.def.section; - output_section = sec->output_section; - - /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from - the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */ - if (output_section == NULL) - h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined; - else - { - name = bfd_section_name (output_section->owner, output_section); - - if (strcmp (name, ".text") == 0) - h->esym.asym.sc = scText; - else if (strcmp (name, ".data") == 0) - h->esym.asym.sc = scData; - else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0) - h->esym.asym.sc = scSData; - else if (strcmp (name, ".rodata") == 0 - || strcmp (name, ".rdata") == 0) - h->esym.asym.sc = scRData; - else if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0) - h->esym.asym.sc = scBss; - else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0) - h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss; - else if (strcmp (name, ".init") == 0) - h->esym.asym.sc = scInit; - else if (strcmp (name, ".fini") == 0) - h->esym.asym.sc = scFini; - else - h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs; - } - } - - h->esym.asym.reserved = 0; - h->esym.asym.index = indexNil; - } - - if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_common) - h->esym.asym.value = h->root.root.u.c.size; - else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined - || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) - { - if (h->esym.asym.sc == scCommon) - h->esym.asym.sc = scBss; - else if (h->esym.asym.sc == scSCommon) - h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss; - - sec = h->root.root.u.def.section; - output_section = sec->output_section; - if (output_section != NULL) - h->esym.asym.value = (h->root.root.u.def.value - + sec->output_offset - + output_section->vma); - else - h->esym.asym.value = 0; - } - else - { - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hd = h; - - while (hd->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect) - hd = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h->root.root.u.i.link; - - if (hd->needs_lazy_stub) - { - BFD_ASSERT (hd->root.plt.plist != NULL); - BFD_ASSERT (hd->root.plt.plist->stub_offset != MINUS_ONE); - /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */ - h->esym.asym.st = stProc; - sec = hd->root.root.u.def.section; - if (sec == NULL) - h->esym.asym.value = 0; - else - { - output_section = sec->output_section; - if (output_section != NULL) - h->esym.asym.value = (hd->root.plt.plist->stub_offset - + sec->output_offset - + output_section->vma); - else - h->esym.asym.value = 0; - } - } - } - - if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo->abfd, einfo->debug, einfo->swap, - h->root.root.root.string, - &h->esym)) - { - einfo->failed = TRUE; - return FALSE; - } - - return TRUE; -} - -/* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */ - -static int -gptab_compare (const void *p1, const void *p2) -{ - const Elf32_gptab *a1 = p1; - const Elf32_gptab *a2 = p2; - - return a1->gt_entry.gt_g_value - a2->gt_entry.gt_g_value; -} - -/* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */ - -/* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit - hash number. */ - -static INLINE hashval_t -mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr) -{ -#ifdef BFD64 - return addr + (addr >> 32); -#else - return addr; -#endif -} - -static hashval_t -mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_) -{ - const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_; - - return (entry->symndx - + ((entry->tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM) << 18) - + (entry->tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM ? 0 - : !entry->abfd ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address) - : entry->symndx >= 0 ? (entry->abfd->id - + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend)) - : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash)); -} - -static int -mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2) -{ - const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1; - const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2; - - return (e1->symndx == e2->symndx - && e1->tls_type == e2->tls_type - && (e1->tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM ? TRUE - : !e1->abfd ? !e2->abfd && e1->d.address == e2->d.address - : e1->symndx >= 0 ? (e1->abfd == e2->abfd - && e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend) - : e2->abfd && e1->d.h == e2->d.h)); -} - -static hashval_t -mips_got_page_ref_hash (const void *ref_) -{ - const struct mips_got_page_ref *ref; - - ref = (const struct mips_got_page_ref *) ref_; - return ((ref->symndx >= 0 - ? (hashval_t) (ref->u.abfd->id + ref->symndx) - : ref->u.h->root.root.root.hash) - + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (ref->addend)); -} - -static int -mips_got_page_ref_eq (const void *ref1_, const void *ref2_) -{ - const struct mips_got_page_ref *ref1, *ref2; - - ref1 = (const struct mips_got_page_ref *) ref1_; - ref2 = (const struct mips_got_page_ref *) ref2_; - return (ref1->symndx == ref2->symndx - && (ref1->symndx < 0 - ? ref1->u.h == ref2->u.h - : ref1->u.abfd == ref2->u.abfd) - && ref1->addend == ref2->addend); -} - -static hashval_t -mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_) -{ - const struct mips_got_page_entry *entry; - - entry = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry_; - return entry->sec->id; -} - -static int -mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_, const void *entry2_) -{ - const struct mips_got_page_entry *entry1, *entry2; - - entry1 = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry1_; - entry2 = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry2_; - return entry1->sec == entry2->sec; -} - -/* Create and return a new mips_got_info structure. */ - -static struct mips_got_info * -mips_elf_create_got_info (bfd *abfd) -{ - struct mips_got_info *g; - - g = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info)); - if (g == NULL) - return NULL; - - g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash, - mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL); - if (g->got_entries == NULL) - return NULL; - - g->got_page_refs = htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_ref_hash, - mips_got_page_ref_eq, NULL); - if (g->got_page_refs == NULL) - return NULL; - - return g; -} - -/* Return the GOT info for input bfd ABFD, trying to create a new one if - CREATE_P and if ABFD doesn't already have a GOT. */ - -static struct mips_got_info * -mips_elf_bfd_got (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean create_p) -{ - struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *tdata; - - if (!is_mips_elf (abfd)) - return NULL; - - tdata = mips_elf_tdata (abfd); - if (!tdata->got && create_p) - tdata->got = mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd); - return tdata->got; -} - -/* Record that ABFD should use output GOT G. */ - -static void -mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *g) -{ - struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *tdata; - - BFD_ASSERT (is_mips_elf (abfd)); - tdata = mips_elf_tdata (abfd); - if (tdata->got) - { - /* The GOT structure itself and the hash table entries are - allocated to a bfd, but the hash tables aren't. */ - htab_delete (tdata->got->got_entries); - htab_delete (tdata->got->got_page_refs); - if (tdata->got->got_page_entries) - htab_delete (tdata->got->got_page_entries); - } - tdata->got = g; -} - -/* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to - create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL - if creation fails. */ - -static asection * -mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_boolean create_p) -{ - const char *dname; - asection *sreloc; - bfd *dynobj; - - dname = MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info); - dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; - sreloc = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, dname); - if (sreloc == NULL && create_p) - { - sreloc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, dname, - (SEC_ALLOC - | SEC_LOAD - | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS - | SEC_IN_MEMORY - | SEC_LINKER_CREATED - | SEC_READONLY)); - if (sreloc == NULL - || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, sreloc, - MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj))) - return NULL; - } - return sreloc; -} - -/* Return the GOT_TLS_* type required by relocation type R_TYPE. */ - -static int -mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (unsigned int r_type) -{ - if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type)) - return GOT_TLS_GD; - - if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type)) - return GOT_TLS_LDM; - - if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type)) - return GOT_TLS_IE; - - return GOT_TLS_NONE; -} - -/* Return the number of GOT slots needed for GOT TLS type TYPE. */ - -static int -mips_tls_got_entries (unsigned int type) -{ - switch (type) - { - case GOT_TLS_GD: - case GOT_TLS_LDM: - return 2; - - case GOT_TLS_IE: - return 1; - - case GOT_TLS_NONE: - return 0; - } - abort (); -} - -/* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with - access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H - is NULL). */ - -static int -mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info, unsigned char tls_type, - struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) -{ - int indx = 0; - bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE; - bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created; - - if (h && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h) - && (!info->shared || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))) - indx = h->dynindx; - - if ((info->shared || indx != 0) - && (h == NULL - || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT - || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)) - need_relocs = TRUE; - - if (!need_relocs) - return 0; - - switch (tls_type) - { - case GOT_TLS_GD: - return indx != 0 ? 2 : 1; - - case GOT_TLS_IE: - return 1; - - case GOT_TLS_LDM: - return info->shared ? 1 : 0; - - default: - return 0; - } -} - -/* Add the number of GOT entries and TLS relocations required by ENTRY - to G. */ - -static void -mips_elf_count_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info *info, - struct mips_got_info *g, - struct mips_got_entry *entry) -{ - if (entry->tls_type) - { - g->tls_gotno += mips_tls_got_entries (entry->tls_type); - g->relocs += mips_tls_got_relocs (info, entry->tls_type, - entry->symndx < 0 - ? &entry->d.h->root : NULL); - } - else if (entry->symndx >= 0 || entry->d.h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE) - g->local_gotno += 1; - else - g->global_gotno += 1; -} - -/* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */ - -static void -mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd, - asection *sreloc, - unsigned long reloc_index, - unsigned long indx, - int r_type, - bfd_vma offset) -{ - Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3]; - - memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel)); - - rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, indx, r_type); - rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset; - - if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)) - { - (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out) - (output_bfd, &rel[0], - (sreloc->contents - + reloc_index * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel))); - } - else - bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out - (output_bfd, &rel[0], - (sreloc->contents - + reloc_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel))); -} - -/* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */ - -static void -mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, - struct mips_got_entry *entry, - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, - bfd_vma value) -{ - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - int indx; - asection *sreloc, *sgot; - bfd_vma got_offset, got_offset2; - bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - if (htab == NULL) - return; - - sgot = htab->sgot; - - indx = 0; - if (h != NULL) - { - bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created; - - if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, &h->root) - && (!info->shared || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root))) - indx = h->root.dynindx; - } - - if (entry->tls_initialized) - return; - - if ((info->shared || indx != 0) - && (h == NULL - || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT - || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)) - need_relocs = TRUE; - - /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not - be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that - case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */ - BFD_ASSERT (value != MINUS_ONE || (indx != 0 && need_relocs) - || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak); - - /* Emit necessary relocations. */ - sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE); - got_offset = entry->gotidx; - - switch (entry->tls_type) - { - case GOT_TLS_GD: - /* General Dynamic. */ - got_offset2 = got_offset + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd); - - if (need_relocs) - { - mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation - (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx, - ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32, - sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset); - - if (indx) - mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation - (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx, - ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32, - sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset2); - else - MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info), - sgot->contents + got_offset2); - } - else - { - MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1, - sgot->contents + got_offset); - MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info), - sgot->contents + got_offset2); - } - break; - - case GOT_TLS_IE: - /* Initial Exec model. */ - if (need_relocs) - { - if (indx == 0) - MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma, - sgot->contents + got_offset); - else - MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0, - sgot->contents + got_offset); - - mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation - (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx, - ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32, - sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset); - } - else - MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - tprel_base (info), - sgot->contents + got_offset); - break; - - case GOT_TLS_LDM: - /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the - bias by DTP_OFFSET. */ - MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0, - sgot->contents + got_offset - + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd)); - - if (!info->shared) - MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1, - sgot->contents + got_offset); - else - mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation - (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx, - ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32, - sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset); - break; - - default: - abort (); - } - - entry->tls_initialized = TRUE; -} - -/* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry - for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset - will be negative. */ - -static bfd_vma -mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info *info, - struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) -{ - bfd_vma got_address, got_value; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL); - - BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.plist != NULL); - BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.plist->gotplt_index != MINUS_ONE); - - /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */ - got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma - + htab->sgotplt->output_offset - + (h->plt.plist->gotplt_index - * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (info->output_bfd))); - - /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */ - got_value = (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma - + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset - + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value); - - return got_address - got_value; -} - -/* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT - entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, - create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT - offset can be found. */ - -static bfd_vma -mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, - bfd_vma value, unsigned long r_symndx, - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, int r_type) -{ - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - struct mips_got_entry *entry; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL); - - entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, value, - r_symndx, h, r_type); - if (!entry) - return MINUS_ONE; - - if (entry->tls_type) - mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd, info, entry, h, value); - return entry->gotidx; -} - -/* Return the GOT index of global symbol H in the primary GOT. */ - -static bfd_vma -mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (bfd *obfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, - struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) -{ - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - long global_got_dynindx; - struct mips_got_info *g; - bfd_vma got_index; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL); - - global_got_dynindx = 0; - if (htab->global_gotsym != NULL) - global_got_dynindx = htab->global_gotsym->dynindx; - - /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic - symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater - indices into the primary GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the - GOT offset. */ - BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= global_got_dynindx); - g = mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd, FALSE); - got_index = ((h->dynindx - global_got_dynindx + g->local_gotno) - * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (obfd)); - BFD_ASSERT (got_index < htab->sgot->size); - - return got_index; -} - -/* Return the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H, which is - referenced by a relocation of type R_TYPE in IBFD. */ - -static bfd_vma -mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd *obfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *ibfd, - struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, int r_type) -{ - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - struct mips_got_info *g; - struct mips_got_entry lookup, *entry; - bfd_vma gotidx; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL); - - g = mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd, FALSE); - BFD_ASSERT (g); - - lookup.tls_type = mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type); - if (!lookup.tls_type && g == mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd, FALSE)) - return mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (obfd, info, h); - - lookup.abfd = ibfd; - lookup.symndx = -1; - lookup.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; - entry = htab_find (g->got_entries, &lookup); - BFD_ASSERT (entry); - - gotidx = entry->gotidx; - BFD_ASSERT (gotidx > 0 && gotidx < htab->sgot->size); - - if (lookup.tls_type) - { - bfd_vma value = MINUS_ONE; - - if ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined - || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) - && h->root.u.def.section->output_section) - value = (h->root.u.def.value - + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset - + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma); - - mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (obfd, info, entry, lookup.d.h, value); - } - return gotidx; -} - -/* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These - entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e., - within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no - entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the - offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */ - -static bfd_vma -mips_elf_got_page (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, - bfd_vma value, bfd_vma *offsetp) -{ - bfd_vma page, got_index; - struct mips_got_entry *entry; - - page = (value + 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff; - entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, page, 0, - NULL, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE); - - if (!entry) - return MINUS_ONE; - - got_index = entry->gotidx; - - if (offsetp) - *offsetp = value - entry->d.address; - - return got_index; -} - -/* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE. - EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global - symbol that binds locally. */ - -static bfd_vma -mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, - bfd_vma value, bfd_boolean external) -{ - struct mips_got_entry *entry; - - /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16 - relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the - symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the - equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */ - if (! external) - value = mips_elf_high (value) << 16; - - /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16, - R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the - same in all cases. */ - entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, value, 0, - NULL, R_MIPS_GOT16); - if (entry) - return entry->gotidx; - else - return MINUS_ONE; -} - -/* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position - in the GOT. */ - -static bfd_vma -mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *output_bfd, - bfd *input_bfd, bfd_vma got_index) -{ - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - asection *sgot; - bfd_vma gp; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL); - - sgot = htab->sgot; - gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd) - + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd, htab->got_info, input_bfd); - - return sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset + got_index - gp; -} - -/* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated - from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not - be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry - instead. */ - -static struct mips_got_entry * -mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, - bfd *ibfd, bfd_vma value, - unsigned long r_symndx, - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, - int r_type) -{ - struct mips_got_entry lookup, *entry; - void **loc; - struct mips_got_info *g; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - bfd_vma gotidx; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL); - - g = mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd, FALSE); - if (g == NULL) - { - g = mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd, FALSE); - BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL); - } - - /* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global - area of the GOT. */ - BFD_ASSERT (h == NULL || h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE); - - lookup.tls_type = mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type); - if (lookup.tls_type) - { - lookup.abfd = ibfd; - if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type)) - { - lookup.symndx = 0; - lookup.d.addend = 0; - } - else if (h == NULL) - { - lookup.symndx = r_symndx; - lookup.d.addend = 0; - } - else - { - lookup.symndx = -1; - lookup.d.h = h; - } - - entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) htab_find (g->got_entries, &lookup); - BFD_ASSERT (entry); - - gotidx = entry->gotidx; - BFD_ASSERT (gotidx > 0 && gotidx < htab->sgot->size); - - return entry; - } - - lookup.abfd = NULL; - lookup.symndx = -1; - lookup.d.address = value; - loc = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &lookup, INSERT); - if (!loc) - return NULL; - - entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *loc; - if (entry) - return entry; - - if (g->assigned_low_gotno > g->assigned_high_gotno) - { - /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */ - (*_bfd_error_handler) - (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries")); - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); - return NULL; - } - - entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*entry)); - if (!entry) - return NULL; - - if (got16_reloc_p (r_type) - || call16_reloc_p (r_type) - || got_page_reloc_p (r_type) - || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type)) - lookup.gotidx = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_low_gotno++; - else - lookup.gotidx = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_high_gotno--; - - *entry = lookup; - *loc = entry; - - MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value, htab->sgot->contents + entry->gotidx); - - /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */ - if (htab->is_vxworks) - { - Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; - asection *s; - bfd_byte *rloc; - bfd_vma got_address; - - s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE); - got_address = (htab->sgot->output_section->vma - + htab->sgot->output_offset - + entry->gotidx); - - rloc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); - outrel.r_offset = got_address; - outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_MIPS_32); - outrel.r_addend = value; - bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, rloc); - } - - return entry; -} - -/* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD. - The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how - much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at - the current linking stage. */ - -static bfd_size_type -count_section_dynsyms (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) -{ - bfd_size_type count; - - count = 0; - if (info->shared || elf_hash_table (info)->is_relocatable_executable) - { - asection *p; - const struct elf_backend_data *bed; - - bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd); - for (p = output_bfd->sections; p ; p = p->next) - if ((p->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0 - && (p->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 - && !(*bed->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym) (output_bfd, info, p)) - ++count; - } - return count; -} - -/* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries - appear towards the end. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) -{ - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd; - struct mips_got_info *g; - - if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount == 0) - return TRUE; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL); - - g = htab->got_info; - if (g == NULL) - return TRUE; - - hsd.low = NULL; - hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx - = hsd.min_got_dynindx - = (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - g->reloc_only_gotno); - hsd.max_non_got_dynindx = count_section_dynsyms (abfd, info) + 1; - mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) - elf_hash_table (info)), - mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f, - &hsd); - - /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to - accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */ - BFD_ASSERT (hsd.max_non_got_dynindx <= hsd.min_got_dynindx); - BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long) hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx - == elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount); - BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - hsd.min_got_dynindx - == g->global_gotno); - - /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol - table index in the GOT. */ - htab->global_gotsym = hsd.low; - - return TRUE; -} - -/* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic - index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic - index. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data) -{ - struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data *hsd = data; - - /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting - at all. */ - if (h->root.dynindx == -1) - return TRUE; - - switch (h->global_got_area) - { - case GGA_NONE: - h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_non_got_dynindx++; - break; - - case GGA_NORMAL: - h->root.dynindx = --hsd->min_got_dynindx; - hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h; - break; - - case GGA_RELOC_ONLY: - if (hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx == hsd->min_got_dynindx) - hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h; - h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx++; - break; - } - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Record that input bfd ABFD requires a GOT entry like *LOOKUP - (which is owned by the caller and shouldn't be added to the - hash table directly). */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_record_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *abfd, - struct mips_got_entry *lookup) -{ - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - struct mips_got_entry *entry; - struct mips_got_info *g; - void **loc, **bfd_loc; - - /* Make sure there's a slot for this entry in the master GOT. */ - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - g = htab->got_info; - loc = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, lookup, INSERT); - if (!loc) - return FALSE; - - /* Populate the entry if it isn't already. */ - entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *loc; - if (!entry) - { - entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*entry)); - if (!entry) - return FALSE; - - lookup->tls_initialized = FALSE; - lookup->gotidx = -1; - *entry = *lookup; - *loc = entry; - } - - /* Reuse the same GOT entry for the BFD's GOT. */ - g = mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd, TRUE); - if (!g) - return FALSE; - - bfd_loc = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, lookup, INSERT); - if (!bfd_loc) - return FALSE; - - if (!*bfd_loc) - *bfd_loc = entry; - return TRUE; -} - -/* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against H. Reserve a GOT - entry for it. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in - using the GOT entry for calls. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, - bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, - bfd_boolean for_call, int r_type) -{ - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips; - struct mips_got_entry entry; - unsigned char tls_type; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL); - - hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; - if (!for_call) - hmips->got_only_for_calls = FALSE; - - /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol - table. */ - if (h->dynindx == -1) - { - switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)) - { - case STV_INTERNAL: - case STV_HIDDEN: - _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, h, TRUE); - break; - } - if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) - return FALSE; - } - - tls_type = mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type); - if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_NONE && hmips->global_got_area > GGA_NORMAL) - hmips->global_got_area = GGA_NORMAL; - - entry.abfd = abfd; - entry.symndx = -1; - entry.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; - entry.tls_type = tls_type; - return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info, abfd, &entry); -} - -/* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against symbol SYMNDX + ADDEND, - where SYMNDX is a local symbol. Reserve a GOT entry for it. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd *abfd, long symndx, bfd_vma addend, - struct bfd_link_info *info, int r_type) -{ - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - struct mips_got_info *g; - struct mips_got_entry entry; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL); - - g = htab->got_info; - BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL); - - entry.abfd = abfd; - entry.symndx = symndx; - entry.d.addend = addend; - entry.tls_type = mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type); - return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info, abfd, &entry); -} - -/* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against SYMNDX + ADDEND. - H is the symbol's hash table entry, or null if SYMNDX is local - to ABFD. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *abfd, - long symndx, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, - bfd_signed_vma addend) -{ - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - struct mips_got_info *g1, *g2; - struct mips_got_page_ref lookup, *entry; - void **loc, **bfd_loc; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL); - - g1 = htab->got_info; - BFD_ASSERT (g1 != NULL); - - if (h) - { - lookup.symndx = -1; - lookup.u.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; - } - else - { - lookup.symndx = symndx; - lookup.u.abfd = abfd; - } - lookup.addend = addend; - loc = htab_find_slot (g1->got_page_refs, &lookup, INSERT); - if (loc == NULL) - return FALSE; - - entry = (struct mips_got_page_ref *) *loc; - if (!entry) - { - entry = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*entry)); - if (!entry) - return FALSE; - - *entry = lookup; - *loc = entry; - } - - /* Add the same entry to the BFD's GOT. */ - g2 = mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd, TRUE); - if (!g2) - return FALSE; - - bfd_loc = htab_find_slot (g2->got_page_refs, &lookup, INSERT); - if (!bfd_loc) - return FALSE; - - if (!*bfd_loc) - *bfd_loc = entry; - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */ - -static void -mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, - unsigned int n) -{ - asection *s; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL); - - s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE); - BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); - - if (htab->is_vxworks) - s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd); - else - { - if (s->size == 0) - { - /* Make room for a null element. */ - s->size += MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd); - ++s->reloc_count; - } - s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd); - } -} - -/* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a - mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Count the number of GOT - entries and TLS relocs. Set DATA->value to true if we need - to resolve indirect or warning symbols and then recreate the GOT. */ - -static int -mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp, void *data) -{ - struct mips_got_entry *entry; - struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg; - - entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp; - arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data; - if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1) - { - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h; - - h = entry->d.h; - if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect - || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) - { - arg->value = TRUE; - return 0; - } - } - mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg->info, arg->g, entry); - return 1; -} - -/* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a - mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Add all entries to DATA->g, - converting entries for indirect and warning symbols into entries - for the target symbol. Set DATA->g to null on error. */ - -static int -mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp, void *data) -{ - struct mips_got_entry new_entry, *entry; - struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg; - void **slot; - - entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp; - arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data; - if (entry->abfd != NULL - && entry->symndx == -1 - && (entry->d.h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect - || entry->d.h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)) - { - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h; - - new_entry = *entry; - entry = &new_entry; - h = entry->d.h; - do - { - BFD_ASSERT (h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE); - h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link; - } - while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect - || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning); - entry->d.h = h; - } - slot = htab_find_slot (arg->g->got_entries, entry, INSERT); - if (slot == NULL) - { - arg->g = NULL; - return 0; - } - if (*slot == NULL) - { - if (entry == &new_entry) - { - entry = bfd_alloc (entry->abfd, sizeof (*entry)); - if (!entry) - { - arg->g = NULL; - return 0; - } - *entry = new_entry; - } - *slot = entry; - mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg->info, arg->g, entry); - } - return 1; -} - -/* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */ - -static bfd_vma -mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range *range) -{ - return (range->max_addend - range->min_addend + 0x1ffff) >> 16; -} - -/* Record that G requires a page entry that can reach SEC + ADDEND. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg, - asection *sec, bfd_signed_vma addend) -{ - struct mips_got_info *g = arg->g; - struct mips_got_page_entry lookup, *entry; - struct mips_got_page_range **range_ptr, *range; - bfd_vma old_pages, new_pages; - void **loc; - - /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this section. */ - lookup.sec = sec; - loc = htab_find_slot (g->got_page_entries, &lookup, INSERT); - if (loc == NULL) - return FALSE; - - /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've - seen the section. */ - entry = (struct mips_got_page_entry *) *loc; - if (!entry) - { - entry = bfd_zalloc (arg->info->output_bfd, sizeof (*entry)); - if (!entry) - return FALSE; - - entry->sec = sec; - *loc = entry; - } - - /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry - with ADDEND. */ - range_ptr = &entry->ranges; - while (*range_ptr && addend > (*range_ptr)->max_addend + 0xffff) - range_ptr = &(*range_ptr)->next; - - /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose - minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create - a new singleton range. */ - range = *range_ptr; - if (!range || addend < range->min_addend - 0xffff) - { - range = bfd_zalloc (arg->info->output_bfd, sizeof (*range)); - if (!range) - return FALSE; - - range->next = *range_ptr; - range->min_addend = addend; - range->max_addend = addend; - - *range_ptr = range; - entry->num_pages++; - g->page_gotno++; - return TRUE; - } - - /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */ - old_pages = mips_elf_pages_for_range (range); - - /* Update the ranges. */ - if (addend < range->min_addend) - range->min_addend = addend; - else if (addend > range->max_addend) - { - if (range->next && addend >= range->next->min_addend - 0xffff) - { - old_pages += mips_elf_pages_for_range (range->next); - range->max_addend = range->next->max_addend; - range->next = range->next->next; - } - else - range->max_addend = addend; - } - - /* Record any change in the total estimate. */ - new_pages = mips_elf_pages_for_range (range); - if (old_pages != new_pages) - { - entry->num_pages += new_pages - old_pages; - g->page_gotno += new_pages - old_pages; - } - - return TRUE; -} - -/* A htab_traverse callback for which *REFP points to a mips_got_page_ref - and for which DATA points to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Work out - whether the page reference described by *REFP needs a GOT page entry, - and record that entry in DATA->g if so. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref (void **refp, void *data) -{ - struct mips_got_page_ref *ref; - struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - asection *sec; - bfd_vma addend; - - ref = (struct mips_got_page_ref *) *refp; - arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data; - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (arg->info); - - if (ref->symndx < 0) - { - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h; - - /* Global GOT_PAGEs decay to GOT_DISP and so don't need page entries. */ - h = ref->u.h; - if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (arg->info, &h->root)) - return 1; - - /* Ignore undefined symbols; we'll issue an error later if - appropriate. */ - if (!((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined - || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) - && h->root.root.u.def.section)) - return 1; - - sec = h->root.root.u.def.section; - addend = h->root.root.u.def.value + ref->addend; - } - else - { - Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; - - /* Read in the symbol. */ - isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache, ref->u.abfd, - ref->symndx); - if (isym == NULL) - { - arg->g = NULL; - return 0; - } - - /* Get the associated input section. */ - sec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (ref->u.abfd, isym->st_shndx); - if (sec == NULL) - { - arg->g = NULL; - return 0; - } - - /* If this is a mergable section, work out the section and offset - of the merged data. For section symbols, the addend specifies - of the offset _of_ the first byte in the data, otherwise it - specifies the offset _from_ the first byte. */ - if (sec->flags & SEC_MERGE) - { - void *secinfo; - - secinfo = elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info; - if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION) - addend = _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref->u.abfd, &sec, secinfo, - isym->st_value + ref->addend); - else - addend = _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref->u.abfd, &sec, secinfo, - isym->st_value) + ref->addend; - } - else - addend = isym->st_value + ref->addend; - } - if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (arg, sec, addend)) - { - arg->g = NULL; - return 0; - } - return 1; -} - -/* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols, - replace them with entries for the target symbol. Convert g->got_page_refs - into got_page_entry structures and estimate the number of page entries - that they require. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct bfd_link_info *info, - struct mips_got_info *g) -{ - struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga; - struct mips_got_info oldg; - - oldg = *g; - - tga.info = info; - tga.g = g; - tga.value = FALSE; - htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_check_recreate_got, &tga); - if (tga.value) - { - *g = oldg; - g->got_entries = htab_create (htab_size (oldg.got_entries), - mips_elf_got_entry_hash, - mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL); - if (!g->got_entries) - return FALSE; - - htab_traverse (oldg.got_entries, mips_elf_recreate_got, &tga); - if (!tga.g) - return FALSE; - - htab_delete (oldg.got_entries); - } - - g->got_page_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash, - mips_got_page_entry_eq, NULL); - if (g->got_page_entries == NULL) - return FALSE; - - tga.info = info; - tga.g = g; - htab_traverse (g->got_page_refs, mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref, &tga); - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Return true if a GOT entry for H should live in the local rather than - global GOT area. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_use_local_got_p (struct bfd_link_info *info, - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h) -{ - /* Symbols that aren't in the dynamic symbol table must live in the - local GOT. This includes symbols that are completely undefined - and which therefore don't bind locally. We'll report undefined - symbols later if appropriate. */ - if (h->root.dynindx == -1) - return TRUE; - - /* Symbols that bind locally can (and in the case of forced-local - symbols, must) live in the local GOT. */ - if (h->got_only_for_calls - ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, &h->root) - : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root)) - return TRUE; - - /* If this is an executable that must provide a definition of the symbol, - either though PLTs or copy relocations, then that address should go in - the local rather than global GOT. */ - if (info->executable && h->has_static_relocs) - return TRUE; - - return FALSE; -} - -/* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the - link_info structure. Decide whether the hash entry needs an entry in - the global part of the primary GOT, setting global_got_area accordingly. - Count the number of global symbols that are in the primary GOT only - because they have relocations against them (reloc_only_gotno). */ - -static int -mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data) -{ - struct bfd_link_info *info; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - struct mips_got_info *g; - - info = (struct bfd_link_info *) data; - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - g = htab->got_info; - if (h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE) - { - /* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the - local or global GOT. */ - if (mips_use_local_got_p (info, h)) - /* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this - entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations - will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */ - h->global_got_area = GGA_NONE; - else if (htab->is_vxworks - && h->got_only_for_calls - && h->root.plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE) - /* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry; - they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries - will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */ - h->global_got_area = GGA_NONE; - else if (h->global_got_area == GGA_RELOC_ONLY) - { - g->reloc_only_gotno++; - g->global_gotno++; - } - } - return 1; -} - -/* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add each one to the GOT - given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */ - -static int -mips_elf_add_got_entry (void **entryp, void *data) -{ - struct mips_got_entry *entry; - struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg; - void **slot; - - entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp; - arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data; - slot = htab_find_slot (arg->g->got_entries, entry, INSERT); - if (!slot) - { - arg->g = NULL; - return 0; - } - if (!*slot) - { - *slot = entry; - mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg->info, arg->g, entry); - } - return 1; -} - -/* A htab_traverse callback for GOT page entries. Add each one to the GOT - given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */ - -static int -mips_elf_add_got_page_entry (void **entryp, void *data) -{ - struct mips_got_page_entry *entry; - struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg; - void **slot; - - entry = (struct mips_got_page_entry *) *entryp; - arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data; - slot = htab_find_slot (arg->g->got_page_entries, entry, INSERT); - if (!slot) - { - arg->g = NULL; - return 0; - } - if (!*slot) - { - *slot = entry; - arg->g->page_gotno += entry->num_pages; - } - return 1; -} - -/* Consider merging FROM, which is ABFD's GOT, into TO. Return -1 if - this would lead to overflow, 1 if they were merged successfully, - and 0 if a merge failed due to lack of memory. (These values are chosen - so that nonnegative return values can be returned by a htab_traverse - callback.) */ - -static int -mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *from, - struct mips_got_info *to, - struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg) -{ - struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga; - unsigned int estimate; - - /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */ - estimate = arg->max_pages; - if (estimate >= from->page_gotno + to->page_gotno) - estimate = from->page_gotno + to->page_gotno; - - /* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries - would be needed. */ - estimate += from->local_gotno + to->local_gotno; - estimate += from->tls_gotno + to->tls_gotno; - - /* If we're merging with the primary got, any TLS relocations will - come after the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those - conservatively as well. */ - if (to == arg->primary && from->tls_gotno + to->tls_gotno) - estimate += arg->global_count; - else - estimate += from->global_gotno + to->global_gotno; - - /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */ - if (estimate > arg->max_count) - return -1; - - /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */ - tga.info = arg->info; - tga.g = to; - htab_traverse (from->got_entries, mips_elf_add_got_entry, &tga); - if (!tga.g) - return 0; - - htab_traverse (from->got_page_entries, mips_elf_add_got_page_entry, &tga); - if (!tga.g) - return 0; - - mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd, to); - return 1; -} - -/* Attempt to merge GOT G, which belongs to ABFD. Try to use as much - as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit - dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global - symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got, - attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got - and then make make the new got current. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_merge_got (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *g, - struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg) -{ - unsigned int estimate; - int result; - - if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (arg->info, g)) - return FALSE; - - /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */ - estimate = arg->max_pages; - if (estimate > g->page_gotno) - estimate = g->page_gotno; - estimate += g->local_gotno + g->tls_gotno; - - /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals - for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be - sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that - case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */ - estimate += (g->tls_gotno > 0 ? arg->global_count : g->global_gotno); - - if (estimate <= arg->max_count) - { - /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as - a starting point for the primary GOT. */ - if (!arg->primary) - { - arg->primary = g; - return TRUE; - } - - /* Try merging with the primary GOT. */ - result = mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd, g, arg->primary, arg); - if (result >= 0) - return result; - } - - /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */ - if (arg->current) - { - result = mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd, g, arg->current, arg); - if (result >= 0) - return result; - } - - /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it - fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation - overflows anyway. */ - g->next = arg->current; - arg->current = g; - - return TRUE; -} - -/* ENTRYP is a hash table entry for a mips_got_entry. Set its gotidx - to GOTIDX, duplicating the entry if it has already been assigned - an index in a different GOT. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_set_gotidx (void **entryp, long gotidx) -{ - struct mips_got_entry *entry; - - entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp; - if (entry->gotidx > 0) - { - struct mips_got_entry *new_entry; - - new_entry = bfd_alloc (entry->abfd, sizeof (*entry)); - if (!new_entry) - return FALSE; - - *new_entry = *entry; - *entryp = new_entry; - entry = new_entry; - } - entry->gotidx = gotidx; - return TRUE; -} - -/* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. DATA points to a - mips_elf_traverse_got_arg in which DATA->value is the size of one - GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */ - -static int -mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp, void *data) -{ - struct mips_got_entry *entry; - struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg; - - /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */ - entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp; - if (entry->tls_type == GOT_TLS_NONE) - return 1; - - arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data; - if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp, arg->value * arg->g->tls_assigned_gotno)) - { - arg->g = NULL; - return 0; - } - - /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */ - arg->g->tls_assigned_gotno += mips_tls_got_entries (entry->tls_type); - return 1; -} - -/* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, where DATA points to a - mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Set the global_got_area of each global - symbol to DATA->value. */ - -static int -mips_elf_set_global_got_area (void **entryp, void *data) -{ - struct mips_got_entry *entry; - struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg; - - entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp; - arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data; - if (entry->abfd != NULL - && entry->symndx == -1 - && entry->d.h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE) - entry->d.h->global_got_area = arg->value; - return 1; -} - -/* A htab_traverse callback for secondary GOT entries, where DATA points - to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Assign GOT indices to global entries - and record the number of relocations they require. DATA->value is - the size of one GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */ - -static int -mips_elf_set_global_gotidx (void **entryp, void *data) -{ - struct mips_got_entry *entry; - struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg; - - entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp; - arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data; - if (entry->abfd != NULL - && entry->symndx == -1 - && entry->d.h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE) - { - if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp, arg->value * arg->g->assigned_low_gotno)) - { - arg->g = NULL; - return 0; - } - arg->g->assigned_low_gotno += 1; - - if (arg->info->shared - || (elf_hash_table (arg->info)->dynamic_sections_created - && entry->d.h->root.def_dynamic - && !entry->d.h->root.def_regular)) - arg->g->relocs += 1; - } - - return 1; -} - -/* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the - bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional - lazy-binding stubs. */ - -static int -mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp, void *data) -{ - struct bfd_link_info *info; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - struct mips_got_entry *entry; - - entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp; - info = (struct bfd_link_info *) data; - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL); - - if (entry->abfd != NULL - && entry->symndx == -1 - && entry->d.h->needs_lazy_stub) - { - entry->d.h->needs_lazy_stub = FALSE; - htab->lazy_stub_count--; - } - - return 1; -} - -/* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of - the primary GOT. */ -static bfd_vma -mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd) -{ - if (!g->next) - return 0; - - g = mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd, FALSE); - if (! g) - return 0; - - BFD_ASSERT (g->next); - - g = g->next; - - return (g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno) - * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd); -} - -/* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into - a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_multi_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, - asection *got, bfd_size_type pages) -{ - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg; - struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga; - struct mips_got_info *g, *gg; - unsigned int assign, needed_relocs; - bfd *dynobj, *ibfd; - - dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL); - - g = htab->got_info; - - got_per_bfd_arg.obfd = abfd; - got_per_bfd_arg.info = info; - got_per_bfd_arg.current = NULL; - got_per_bfd_arg.primary = NULL; - got_per_bfd_arg.max_count = ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info) - / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd)) - - htab->reserved_gotno); - got_per_bfd_arg.max_pages = pages; - /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT. - See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_area below for more - information. */ - got_per_bfd_arg.global_count = g->global_gotno; - - /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they - don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them - to be the primary GOT. */ - for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link_next) - { - gg = mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd, FALSE); - if (gg && !mips_elf_merge_got (ibfd, gg, &got_per_bfd_arg)) - return FALSE; - } - - /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */ - if (got_per_bfd_arg.primary == NULL) - g->next = mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd); - else - g->next = got_per_bfd_arg.primary; - g->next->next = got_per_bfd_arg.current; - - /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */ - gg = g; - g = g->next; - - /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going - to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we - didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it. - We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the - list. */ - mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd, g); - - /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be - present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after - those that are actually referenced. */ - gg->reloc_only_gotno = gg->global_gotno - g->global_gotno; - g->global_gotno = gg->global_gotno; - - tga.info = info; - tga.value = GGA_RELOC_ONLY; - htab_traverse (gg->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_area, &tga); - tga.value = GGA_NORMAL; - htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_area, &tga); - - /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges. - [assigned_low_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local - entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by - adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make - it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the - beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To - avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving - assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links, - we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of - global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial - offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT - will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it - points back to the master GOT. */ - gg->local_gotno = -g->global_gotno; - gg->global_gotno = g->global_gotno; - gg->tls_gotno = 0; - assign = 0; - gg->next = gg; - - do - { - struct mips_got_info *gn; - - assign += htab->reserved_gotno; - g->assigned_low_gotno = assign; - g->local_gotno += assign; - g->local_gotno += (pages < g->page_gotno ? pages : g->page_gotno); - g->assigned_high_gotno = g->local_gotno - 1; - assign = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno; - - /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed - list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after - this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */ - gn = g->next; - g->next = gg->next; - gg->next = g; - - /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after - all non-TLS entries. */ - g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno; - tga.g = g; - tga.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd); - htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, &tga); - if (!tga.g) - return FALSE; - BFD_ASSERT (g->tls_assigned_gotno == assign); - - /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */ - g = gn; - - /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having - lazy-binding stubs. */ - if (g) - htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs, info); - } - while (g); - - got->size = assign * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd); - - needed_relocs = 0; - for (g = gg->next; g && g->next != gg; g = g->next) - { - unsigned int save_assign; - - /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries and count how many - relocations they need. */ - save_assign = g->assigned_low_gotno; - g->assigned_low_gotno = g->local_gotno; - tga.info = info; - tga.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd); - tga.g = g; - htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_gotidx, &tga); - if (!tga.g) - return FALSE; - BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_low_gotno == g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno); - g->assigned_low_gotno = save_assign; - - if (info->shared) - { - g->relocs += g->local_gotno - g->assigned_low_gotno; - BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_low_gotno == g->next->local_gotno - + g->next->global_gotno - + g->next->tls_gotno - + htab->reserved_gotno); - } - needed_relocs += g->relocs; - } - needed_relocs += g->relocs; - - if (needed_relocs) - mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, - needed_relocs); - - return TRUE; -} - - -/* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with - RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */ - -static const Elf_Internal_Rela * -mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int r_type, - const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation, - const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend) -{ - unsigned long r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocation->r_info); - - while (relocation < relend) - { - if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_type - && ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_symndx) - return relocation; - - ++relocation; - } - - /* We didn't find it. */ - return NULL; -} - -/* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd *input_bfd, - const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation, - asection **local_sections) -{ - unsigned long r_symndx; - Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; - size_t extsymoff; - - r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info); - symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr; - extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info; - - if (r_symndx < extsymoff) - return TRUE; - if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd) && local_sections[r_symndx] != NULL) - return TRUE; - - return FALSE; -} - -/* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */ - -bfd_vma -_bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value, int bits) -{ - if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bits - 1))) - /* VALUE is negative. */ - value |= ((bfd_vma) - 1) << bits; - - return value; -} - -/* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum - range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of - BITS. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value, int bits) -{ - bfd_signed_vma svalue = (bfd_signed_vma) value; - - if (svalue > (1 << (bits - 1)) - 1) - /* The value is too big. */ - return TRUE; - else if (svalue < -(1 << (bits - 1))) - /* The value is too small. */ - return TRUE; - - /* All is well. */ - return FALSE; -} - -/* Calculate the %high function. */ - -static bfd_vma -mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value) -{ - return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff; -} - -/* Calculate the %higher function. */ - -static bfd_vma -mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) -{ -#ifdef BFD64 - return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff; -#else - abort (); - return MINUS_ONE; -#endif -} - -/* Calculate the %highest function. */ - -static bfd_vma -mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) -{ -#ifdef BFD64 - return ((value + (((bfd_vma) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff; -#else - abort (); - return MINUS_ONE; -#endif -} - -/* Create the .compact_rel section. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section - (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) -{ - flagword flags; - register asection *s; - - if (bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".compact_rel") == NULL) - { - flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED - | SEC_READONLY); - - s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".compact_rel", flags); - if (s == NULL - || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, - MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd))) - return FALSE; - - s->size = sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel); - } - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) -{ - flagword flags; - register asection *s; - struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; - struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL); - - /* This function may be called more than once. */ - if (htab->sgot) - return TRUE; - - flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY - | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); - - /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded - in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */ - s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".got", flags); - if (s == NULL - || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4)) - return FALSE; - htab->sgot = s; - - /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the - linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we - are not creating a global offset table. */ - bh = NULL; - if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol - (info, abfd, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s, - 0, NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh))) - return FALSE; - - h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh; - h->non_elf = 0; - h->def_regular = 1; - h->type = STT_OBJECT; - h->other = (h->other & ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN; - elf_hash_table (info)->hgot = h; - - if (info->shared - && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) - return FALSE; - - htab->got_info = mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd); - mips_elf_section_data (s)->elf.this_hdr.sh_flags - |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL; - - /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */ - s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".got.plt", - SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD - | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS - | SEC_IN_MEMORY - | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); - if (s == NULL) - return FALSE; - htab->sgotplt = s; - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or - __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for - shared objects; they are not used in executables. */ - -static bfd_boolean -is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) -{ - return (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->is_vxworks - && info->shared - && (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0 - || strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0)); -} - -/* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might - require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p, - which determines whether the destination function ever requires a - stub. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd *input_bfd, int r_type, - bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p) -{ - /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects, - where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any - necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization - is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use - the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */ - if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd)) - return FALSE; - - switch (r_type) - { - case R_MIPS_26: - case R_MIPS_PC16: - case R_MIPS_PC21_S2: - case R_MIPS_PC26_S2: - case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1: - case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1: - case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1: - case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1: - case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2: - return TRUE; - - case R_MIPS16_26: - return !target_is_16_bit_code_p; - - default: - return FALSE; - } -} - -/* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from - the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this - RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored. - - The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP. - On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field - is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa. - - This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no - further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if - something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an - overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */ - -static bfd_reloc_status_type -mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd *abfd, bfd *input_bfd, - asection *input_section, - struct bfd_link_info *info, - const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation, - bfd_vma addend, reloc_howto_type *howto, - Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms, - asection **local_sections, bfd_vma *valuep, - const char **namep, - bfd_boolean *cross_mode_jump_p, - bfd_boolean save_addend) -{ - /* The eventual value we will return. */ - bfd_vma value; - /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is - occurring. */ - bfd_vma symbol = 0; - /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or - shared object file being produced. */ - bfd_vma gp; - /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being - relocated. */ - bfd_vma p; - /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */ - bfd_vma gp0; - /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of - the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides - during execution. */ - bfd_vma g = MINUS_ONE; - /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is - located. */ - asection *sec = NULL; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL; - /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local - symbol. */ - bfd_boolean local_p, was_local_p; - /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */ - bfd_boolean gp_disp_p = FALSE; - /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is - "__gnu_local_gp". */ - bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p = FALSE; - Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; - size_t extsymoff; - unsigned long r_symndx; - int r_type; - /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the - relocation value. */ - bfd_boolean overflowed_p; - /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */ - bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE; - bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p = FALSE; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - bfd *dynobj; - - dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL); - - /* Parse the relocation. */ - r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info); - r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info); - p = (input_section->output_section->vma - + input_section->output_offset - + relocation->r_offset); - - /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */ - overflowed_p = FALSE; - - /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset - used in the array of hash table entries. */ - symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr; - local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation, - local_sections); - was_local_p = local_p; - if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd)) - extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info; - else - { - /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols - must come before globals. */ - extsymoff = 0; - } - - /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */ - if (local_p) - { - Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; - - sym = local_syms + r_symndx; - sec = local_sections[r_symndx]; - - symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset; - if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) != STT_SECTION - || (sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)) - symbol += sym->st_value; - if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE) - && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION) - { - addend = _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd, sym, &sec, addend); - addend -= symbol; - addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset; - } - - /* MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd. */ - if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other)) - ++symbol; - - /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */ - *namep = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd, - symtab_hdr->sh_link, - sym->st_name); - if (*namep == '\0') - *namep = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec); - - target_is_16_bit_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other); - target_is_micromips_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym->st_other); - } - else - { - /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */ - - /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */ - h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) - elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]); - /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */ - while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect - || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) - h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link; - - /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */ - *namep = h->root.root.root.string; - - /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a - symbol must always be a global symbol. */ - if (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0 - && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd)) - { - /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with - R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */ - if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type)) - return bfd_reloc_notsupported; - - gp_disp_p = TRUE; - } - /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a - symbol must always be a global symbol. */ - else if (strcmp (*namep, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0) - gnu_local_gp_p = TRUE; - - - /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that - _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the - linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not - its defined. */ - else if ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined - || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) - && h->root.root.u.def.section) - { - sec = h->root.root.u.def.section; - if (sec->output_section) - symbol = (h->root.root.u.def.value - + sec->output_section->vma - + sec->output_offset); - else - symbol = h->root.root.u.def.value; - } - else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) - /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving - it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions - and check to see if they exist by looking at their - addresses. */ - symbol = 0; - else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE - && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT) - symbol = 0; - else if (strcmp (*namep, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd) - ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0) - { - /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a - _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol - in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections. - Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0. - FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table - somehow as well. */ - BFD_ASSERT (! info->shared); - BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") == NULL); - symbol = 0; - } - else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h->root.other)) - { - /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the - ELF spec. Ignore it for now. - XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols - than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now. - For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification" - which is available from here: - http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */ - symbol = 0; - } - else if ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol) - (info, h->root.root.root.string, input_bfd, - input_section, relocation->r_offset, - (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR) - || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other))) - { - return bfd_reloc_undefined; - } - else - { - return bfd_reloc_notsupported; - } - - target_is_16_bit_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other); - target_is_micromips_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->root.other); - } - - /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need - to redirect the relocation to the stub unless: - - (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL; - - (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no - non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or - - (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */ - if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26 - && !info->relocatable - && ((h != NULL - && h->fn_stub != NULL - && (r_type != R_MIPS16_CALL16 || h->need_fn_stub)) - || (local_p - && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs != NULL - && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL)) - && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section)) - { - /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should - have already noticed that we were going to need the - stub. */ - if (local_p) - { - sec = mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx]; - value = 0; - } - else - { - BFD_ASSERT (h->need_fn_stub); - if (h->la25_stub) - { - /* If a LA25 header for the stub itself exists, point to the - prepended LUI/ADDIU sequence. */ - sec = h->la25_stub->stub_section; - value = h->la25_stub->offset; - } - else - { - sec = h->fn_stub; - value = 0; - } - } - - symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset + value; - /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */ - target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE; - } - /* If this is a MIPS16 call with a stub, that is made through the PLT or - to a standard MIPS function, we need to redirect the call to the stub. - Note that we specifically exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior; - indirect calls should use an indirect stub instead. */ - else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocatable - && ((h != NULL && (h->call_stub != NULL || h->call_fp_stub != NULL)) - || (local_p - && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs != NULL - && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL)) - && ((h != NULL && h->use_plt_entry) || !target_is_16_bit_code_p)) - { - if (local_p) - sec = mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx]; - else - { - /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure - out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input - file. */ - if (h->call_stub != NULL && h->call_fp_stub != NULL) - { - asection *o; - - sec = NULL; - for (o = input_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) - { - if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd, o))) - { - sec = h->call_fp_stub; - break; - } - } - if (sec == NULL) - sec = h->call_stub; - } - else if (h->call_stub != NULL) - sec = h->call_stub; - else - sec = h->call_fp_stub; - } - - BFD_ASSERT (sec->size > 0); - symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset; - } - /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the - non-PIC stub. */ - else if (h != NULL && h->la25_stub - && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd, r_type, - target_is_16_bit_code_p)) - symbol = (h->la25_stub->stub_section->output_section->vma - + h->la25_stub->stub_section->output_offset - + h->la25_stub->offset); - /* For direct MIPS16 and microMIPS calls make sure the compressed PLT - entry is used if a standard PLT entry has also been made. In this - case the symbol will have been set by mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value - to point to the standard PLT entry, so redirect to the compressed - one. */ - else if ((r_type == R_MIPS16_26 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1) - && !info->relocatable - && h != NULL - && h->use_plt_entry - && h->root.plt.plist->comp_offset != MINUS_ONE - && h->root.plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE) - { - bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (abfd); - - sec = htab->splt; - symbol = (sec->output_section->vma - + sec->output_offset - + htab->plt_header_size - + htab->plt_mips_offset - + h->root.plt.plist->comp_offset - + 1); - - target_is_16_bit_code_p = !micromips_p; - target_is_micromips_code_p = micromips_p; - } - - /* Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together. */ - if ((r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && target_is_micromips_code_p) - || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type) && target_is_16_bit_code_p)) - { - (*_bfd_error_handler) - (_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other")); - return bfd_reloc_notsupported; - } - - /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the - mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols, - which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important - because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the - symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore - acceptable. */ - *cross_mode_jump_p = (!info->relocatable - && !(h && h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) - && ((r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p) - || (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 - && !target_is_micromips_code_p) - || ((r_type == R_MIPS_26 || r_type == R_MIPS_JALR) - && (target_is_16_bit_code_p - || target_is_micromips_code_p)))); - - local_p = (h == NULL || mips_use_local_got_p (info, h)); - - gp0 = _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd); - gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd); - if (htab->got_info) - gp += mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd, htab->got_info, input_bfd); - - if (gnu_local_gp_p) - symbol = gp; - - /* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent - to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the - corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST. */ - if (got_page_reloc_p (r_type) && !local_p) - { - r_type = (micromips_reloc_p (r_type) - ? R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP : R_MIPS_GOT_DISP); - addend = 0; - } - - /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going - to need it, get it now. */ - switch (r_type) - { - case R_MIPS16_CALL16: - case R_MIPS16_GOT16: - case R_MIPS_CALL16: - case R_MIPS_GOT16: - case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP: - case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16: - case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16: - case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16: - case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16: - case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16: - case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16: - case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP: - case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16: - case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16: - case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16: - case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16: - case R_MIPS_TLS_GD: - case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL: - case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM: - case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD: - case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL: - case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM: - case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD: - case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL: - case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM: - /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */ - if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type)) - { - g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info, - 0, 0, NULL, r_type); - if (g == MINUS_ONE) - return bfd_reloc_outofrange; - } - else if (!local_p) - { - /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt - entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */ - if (htab->is_vxworks - && (call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type) - || call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type) - || call16_reloc_p (r_type))) - { - BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0); - BFD_ASSERT (h->root.needs_plt); - g = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, &h->root); - } - else - { - BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0); - g = mips_elf_global_got_index (abfd, info, input_bfd, - &h->root, r_type); - if (!TLS_RELOC_P (r_type) - && !elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) - /* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */ - MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj, symbol, htab->sgot->contents + g); - } - } - else if (!htab->is_vxworks - && (call16_reloc_p (r_type) || got16_reloc_p (r_type))) - /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */ - break; - else - { - g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info, - symbol + addend, r_symndx, h, r_type); - if (g == MINUS_ONE) - return bfd_reloc_outofrange; - } - - /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */ - g = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, g); - break; - } - - /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ - symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */ - if (h != NULL && is_gott_symbol (info, &h->root)) - { - Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; - bfd_byte *loc; - asection *s; - - s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE); - loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); - - outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma - + input_section->output_offset - + relocation->r_offset); - outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->root.dynindx, r_type); - outrel.r_addend = addend; - bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, loc); - - /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section, - we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the - DT_TEXTREL tag. */ - if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section)) - info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; - - *valuep = 0; - return bfd_reloc_ok; - } - - /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */ - switch (r_type) - { - case R_MIPS_NONE: - return bfd_reloc_continue; - - case R_MIPS_16: - value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16); - overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16); - break; - - case R_MIPS_32: - case R_MIPS_REL32: - case R_MIPS_64: - if ((info->shared - || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created - && h != NULL - && h->root.def_dynamic - && !h->root.def_regular - && !h->has_static_relocs)) - && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF - && (h == NULL - || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak - || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT) - && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) - { - /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know - where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation - record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic - linker. We must do the same for executable references to - shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy - relocs or PLTs instead. */ - value = addend; - if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd, - info, - relocation, - h, - sec, - symbol, - &value, - input_section)) - return bfd_reloc_undefined; - } - else - { - if (r_type != R_MIPS_REL32) - value = symbol + addend; - else - value = addend; - } - value &= howto->dst_mask; - break; - - case R_MIPS_PC32: - value = symbol + addend - p; - value &= howto->dst_mask; - break; - - case R_MIPS16_26: - /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an - R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into - the output file that's different. That's handled in - mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the - R_MIPS_26 case here. */ - case R_MIPS_26: - case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1: - { - unsigned int shift; - - /* Make sure the target of JALX is word-aligned. Bit 0 must be - the correct ISA mode selector and bit 1 must be 0. */ - if (*cross_mode_jump_p && (symbol & 3) != (r_type == R_MIPS_26)) - return bfd_reloc_outofrange; - - /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. */ - shift = (!*cross_mode_jump_p && r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1) ? 1 : 2; - - if (was_local_p) - value = addend | ((p + 4) & (0xfc000000 << shift)); - else - value = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 26 + shift); - value = (value + symbol) >> shift; - if (!was_local_p && h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak) - overflowed_p = (value >> 26) != ((p + 4) >> (26 + shift)); - value &= howto->dst_mask; - } - break; - - case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16: - case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16: - case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16: - value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - dtprel_base (info)) - & howto->dst_mask); - break; - - case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16: - case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32: - case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64: - case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16: - case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16: - value = (symbol + addend - dtprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask; - break; - - case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16: - case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16: - case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16: - value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - tprel_base (info)) - & howto->dst_mask); - break; - - case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16: - case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32: - case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64: - case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16: - case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16: - value = (symbol + addend - tprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask; - break; - - case R_MIPS_HI16: - case R_MIPS16_HI16: - case R_MICROMIPS_HI16: - if (!gp_disp_p) - { - value = mips_elf_high (addend + symbol); - value &= howto->dst_mask; - } - else - { - /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence - 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp) - 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp) - 8: sll $v0,16 - 12: addu $v0,$v1 - 14: move $gp,$v0 - So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the - base $pc is that used by the ADDIUPC instruction at $t9 + 4. - ADDIUPC clears the low two bits of the instruction address, - so the base is ($t9 + 4) & ~3. */ - if (r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16) - value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - ((p + 4) & ~(bfd_vma) 0x3)); - /* The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly - instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the - incoming $t9 has the low bit set. */ - else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16) - value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p - 1); - else - value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p); - overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16); - } - break; - - case R_MIPS_LO16: - case R_MIPS16_LO16: - case R_MICROMIPS_LO16: - case R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16: - if (!gp_disp_p) - value = (symbol + addend) & howto->dst_mask; - else - { - /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason - for this conditional. */ - if (r_type == R_MIPS16_LO16) - value = addend + gp - (p & ~(bfd_vma) 0x3); - else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_LO16 - || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16) - value = addend + gp - p + 3; - else - value = addend + gp - p + 4; - /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation - for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against - _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload - pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like - this: - - lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp) - addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp) - addu $gp,$gp,$t9 - - Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called, - as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16 - relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the - R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow. - Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do - not check for overflow here. */ - } - break; - - case R_MIPS_LITERAL: - case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL: - /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this - just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge - shared literals, and then we will need to additional work - here. */ - - /* Fall through. */ - - case R_MIPS16_GPREL: - /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as - R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different - order. We don't need to do anything special here; the - differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */ - case R_MIPS_GPREL16: - case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2: - case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16: - /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the - instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone, - otherwise we may lose significant bits. */ - if (howto->partial_inplace) - addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16); - value = symbol + addend - gp; - /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will - have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate - for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this - link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied - to them before. */ - if (was_local_p) - value += gp0; - overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16); - break; - - case R_MIPS16_GOT16: - case R_MIPS16_CALL16: - case R_MIPS_GOT16: - case R_MIPS_CALL16: - case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16: - case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16: - /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for - R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */ - if (!htab->is_vxworks && local_p) - { - value = mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd, input_bfd, info, - symbol + addend, !was_local_p); - if (value == MINUS_ONE) - return bfd_reloc_outofrange; - value - = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, value); - overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16); - break; - } - - /* Fall through. */ - - case R_MIPS_TLS_GD: - case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL: - case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM: - case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP: - case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD: - case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL: - case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM: - case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD: - case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL: - case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM: - case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP: - value = g; - overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16); - break; - - case R_MIPS_GPREL32: - value = (addend + symbol + gp0 - gp); - if (!save_addend) - value &= howto->dst_mask; - break; - - case R_MIPS_PC16: - case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2: - if (howto->partial_inplace) - addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 18); - value = symbol + addend - p; - overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 18); - value >>= howto->rightshift; - value &= howto->dst_mask; - break; - - case R_MIPS_PC21_S2: - if (howto->partial_inplace) - addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 23); - value = symbol + addend - p; - overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 23); - value >>= howto->rightshift; - value &= howto->dst_mask; - break; - - case R_MIPS_PC26_S2: - if (howto->partial_inplace) - addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 28); - value = symbol + addend - p; - overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 28); - value >>= howto->rightshift; - value &= howto->dst_mask; - break; - - case R_MIPS_PC18_S3: - if (howto->partial_inplace) - addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 21); - - if ((symbol + addend) & 7) - return bfd_reloc_outofrange; - - value = symbol + addend - ((p | 7) ^ 7); - overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 21); - value >>= howto->rightshift; - value &= howto->dst_mask; - break; - - case R_MIPS_PC19_S2: - if (howto->partial_inplace) - addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 21); - - if ((symbol + addend) & 3) - return bfd_reloc_outofrange; - - value = symbol + addend - p; - overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 21); - value >>= howto->rightshift; - value &= howto->dst_mask; - break; - - case R_MIPS_PCHI16: - if (howto->partial_inplace) - addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16); - value = mips_elf_high (symbol + addend - p); - BFD_ASSERT (howto->rightshift == 16); - overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16); - value &= howto->dst_mask; - break; - - case R_MIPS_PCLO16: - if (howto->partial_inplace) - addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16); - value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16) - p; - value &= howto->dst_mask; - break; - - case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1: - value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 8) - p; - overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 8); - value >>= howto->rightshift; - value &= howto->dst_mask; - break; - - case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1: - value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 11) - p; - overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 11); - value >>= howto->rightshift; - value &= howto->dst_mask; - break; - - case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1: - value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 17) - p; - overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 17); - value >>= howto->rightshift; - value &= howto->dst_mask; - break; - - case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2: - value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 25) - ((p | 3) ^ 3); - overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 25); - value >>= howto->rightshift; - value &= howto->dst_mask; - break; - - case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16: - case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16: - case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16: - case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16: - /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically. - The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations - differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */ - value = g; - value = mips_elf_high (value); - value &= howto->dst_mask; - break; - - case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16: - case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16: - case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16: - case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16: - value = g & howto->dst_mask; - break; - - case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE: - case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE: - value = mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, NULL); - if (value == MINUS_ONE) - return bfd_reloc_outofrange; - value = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, value); - overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16); - break; - - case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST: - case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST: - if (local_p) - mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, &value); - else - value = addend; - overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16); - break; - - case R_MIPS_SUB: - case R_MICROMIPS_SUB: - value = symbol - addend; - value &= howto->dst_mask; - break; - - case R_MIPS_HIGHER: - case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER: - value = mips_elf_higher (addend + symbol); - value &= howto->dst_mask; - break; - - case R_MIPS_HIGHEST: - case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST: - value = mips_elf_highest (addend + symbol); - value &= howto->dst_mask; - break; - - case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP: - case R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP: - value = symbol + addend - sec->output_offset; - value &= howto->dst_mask; - break; - - case R_MIPS_JALR: - case R_MICROMIPS_JALR: - /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize - it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize - when the symbol does not resolve locally. */ - if (h != NULL && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, &h->root)) - return bfd_reloc_continue; - value = symbol + addend; - break; - - case R_MIPS_PJUMP: - case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT: - case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY: - /* We don't do anything with these at present. */ - return bfd_reloc_continue; - - default: - /* An unrecognized relocation type. */ - return bfd_reloc_notsupported; - } - - /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */ - *valuep = value; - return overflowed_p ? bfd_reloc_overflow : bfd_reloc_ok; -} - -/* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */ - -static bfd_vma -mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type *howto, - const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation, - bfd *input_bfd, bfd_byte *contents) -{ - bfd_vma x; - bfd_byte *location = contents + relocation->r_offset; - - /* Obtain the bytes. */ - x = bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto)), input_bfd, location); - - return x; -} - -/* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the - VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the - appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the - relocation applies. - CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field - is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa. - - Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info *info, - reloc_howto_type *howto, - const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation, - bfd_vma value, bfd *input_bfd, - asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents, - bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p) -{ - bfd_vma x; - bfd_byte *location; - int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info); - - /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */ - location = contents + relocation->r_offset; - - _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd, r_type, FALSE, location); - - /* Obtain the current value. */ - x = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, relocation, input_bfd, contents); - - /* Clear the field we are setting. */ - x &= ~howto->dst_mask; - - /* Set the field. */ - x |= (value & howto->dst_mask); - - /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */ - if (cross_mode_jump_p && jal_reloc_p (r_type)) - { - bfd_boolean ok; - bfd_vma opcode = x >> 26; - bfd_vma jalx_opcode; - - /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */ - if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26) - { - ok = ((opcode == 0x6) || (opcode == 0x7)); - jalx_opcode = 0x7; - } - else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1) - { - ok = ((opcode == 0x3d) || (opcode == 0x3c)); - jalx_opcode = 0x3c; - } - else - { - ok = ((opcode == 0x3) || (opcode == 0x1d)); - jalx_opcode = 0x1d; - } - - /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. We cannot - convert J or JALS to JALX. */ - if (!ok) - { - (*_bfd_error_handler) - (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: Unsupported jump between ISA modes; consider recompiling with interlinking enabled."), - input_bfd, - input_section, - (unsigned long) relocation->r_offset); - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); - return FALSE; - } - - /* Make this the JALX opcode. */ - x = (x & ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode << 26); - } - - /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in - range. */ - if (!info->relocatable - && !cross_mode_jump_p - && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd) - && r_type == R_MIPS_26 - && (x >> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */ - || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd) - && r_type == R_MIPS_JALR - && x == 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */ - || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd) - && r_type == R_MIPS_JALR - && x == 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 */ - { - bfd_vma addr; - bfd_vma dest; - bfd_signed_vma off; - - addr = (input_section->output_section->vma - + input_section->output_offset - + relocation->r_offset - + 4); - if (r_type == R_MIPS_26) - dest = (value << 2) | ((addr >> 28) << 28); - else - dest = value; - off = dest - addr; - if (off <= 0x1ffff && off >= -0x20000) - { - if (x == 0x03200008) /* jr t9 */ - x = 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma) off >> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */ - else - x = 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma) off >> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */ - } - } - - /* Put the value into the output. */ - bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto), input_bfd, x, location); - - _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd, r_type, !info->relocatable, - location); - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL - is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a - dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the - caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd, - struct bfd_link_info *info, - const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, - asection *sec, bfd_vma symbol, - bfd_vma *addendp, asection *input_section) -{ - Elf_Internal_Rela outrel[3]; - asection *sreloc; - bfd *dynobj; - int r_type; - long indx; - bfd_boolean defined_p; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL); - - r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info); - dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; - sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE); - BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL); - BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->contents != NULL); - BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->reloc_count * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd) - < sreloc->size); - - outrel[0].r_offset = - _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[0].r_offset); - if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)) - { - outrel[1].r_offset = - _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[1].r_offset); - outrel[2].r_offset = - _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[2].r_offset); - } - - if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_ONE) - /* The relocation field has been deleted. */ - return TRUE; - - if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_TWO) - { - /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of - some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect - the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */ - *addendp += symbol; - return TRUE; - } - - /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use - in the relocation. */ - if (h != NULL && ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root)) - { - BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks || h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE); - indx = h->root.dynindx; - if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)) - defined_p = h->root.def_regular; - else - /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the - relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against - defined symbols in the same way as relocs against - undefined symbols. */ - defined_p = FALSE; - } - else - { - if (sec != NULL && bfd_is_abs_section (sec)) - indx = 0; - else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL) - { - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); - return FALSE; - } - else - { - indx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx; - if (indx == 0) - { - asection *osec = htab->root.text_index_section; - indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx; - } - if (indx == 0) - abort (); - } - - /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section - symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative - relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to - local symbols because we used to generate them - incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value, - which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In - order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to - phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting - section-relative relocations. It's not like they're - useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient - as well. */ - /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so, - the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have - a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations - against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */ - if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)) - indx = 0; - defined_p = TRUE; - } - - /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and - this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must - adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table. - Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */ - if (defined_p && r_type != R_MIPS_REL32) - *addendp += symbol; - - if (htab->is_vxworks) - /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */ - outrel[0].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_MIPS_32); - else - /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't - know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */ - outrel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, (unsigned long) indx, - R_MIPS_REL32); - - /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should - generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the - _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as - a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all). - However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic - loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these - artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true, - mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so - as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per - invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an - additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a - NULL symbol before this relocation record. */ - outrel[1].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, - ABI_64_P (output_bfd) - ? R_MIPS_64 - : R_MIPS_NONE); - outrel[2].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_NONE); - - /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the - correct location in the output file. */ - outrel[0].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma - + input_section->output_offset); - outrel[1].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma - + input_section->output_offset); - outrel[2].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma - + input_section->output_offset); - - /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special - relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit - relocation format is non-standard. */ - if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)) - { - (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out) - (output_bfd, &outrel[0], - (sreloc->contents - + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel))); - } - else if (htab->is_vxworks) - { - /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */ - outrel[0].r_addend = *addendp; - bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out - (output_bfd, &outrel[0], - (sreloc->contents - + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))); - } - else - bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out - (output_bfd, &outrel[0], - (sreloc->contents + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel))); - - /* We've now added another relocation. */ - ++sreloc->reloc_count; - - /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker - will be writing to it. */ - elf_section_data (input_section->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_flags - |= SHF_WRITE; - - /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */ - if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5) - { - asection *scpt = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".compact_rel"); - bfd_byte *cr; - - if (scpt) - { - Elf32_crinfo cptrel; - - mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel, CRF_MIPS_LONG); - cptrel.vaddr = (rel->r_offset - + input_section->output_section->vma - + input_section->output_offset); - if (r_type == R_MIPS_REL32) - mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_REL32); - else - mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_WORD); - mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel, 0); - cptrel.konst = *addendp; - - cr = (scpt->contents - + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel)); - mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel, 0); - bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd, &cptrel, - ((Elf32_External_crinfo *) cr - + scpt->reloc_count)); - ++scpt->reloc_count; - } - } - - /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section, - we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the - DT_TEXTREL tag. */ - if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section)) - info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */ - -unsigned long -_bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags) -{ - switch (flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) - { - case E_MIPS_MACH_3900: - return bfd_mach_mips3900; - - case E_MIPS_MACH_4010: - return bfd_mach_mips4010; - - case E_MIPS_MACH_4100: - return bfd_mach_mips4100; - - case E_MIPS_MACH_4111: - return bfd_mach_mips4111; - - case E_MIPS_MACH_4120: - return bfd_mach_mips4120; - - case E_MIPS_MACH_4650: - return bfd_mach_mips4650; - - case E_MIPS_MACH_5400: - return bfd_mach_mips5400; - - case E_MIPS_MACH_5500: - return bfd_mach_mips5500; - - case E_MIPS_MACH_5900: - return bfd_mach_mips5900; - - case E_MIPS_MACH_9000: - return bfd_mach_mips9000; - - case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1: - return bfd_mach_mips_sb1; - - case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E: - return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e; - - case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F: - return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f; - - case E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A: - return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a; - - case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2: - return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2; - - case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON: - return bfd_mach_mips_octeon; - - case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR: - return bfd_mach_mips_xlr; - - default: - switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) - { - default: - case E_MIPS_ARCH_1: - return bfd_mach_mips3000; - - case E_MIPS_ARCH_2: - return bfd_mach_mips6000; - - case E_MIPS_ARCH_3: - return bfd_mach_mips4000; - - case E_MIPS_ARCH_4: - return bfd_mach_mips8000; - - case E_MIPS_ARCH_5: - return bfd_mach_mips5; - - case E_MIPS_ARCH_32: - return bfd_mach_mipsisa32; - - case E_MIPS_ARCH_64: - return bfd_mach_mipsisa64; - - case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2: - return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2; - - case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2: - return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2; - - case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6: - return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6; - - case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6: - return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6; - } - } - - return 0; -} - -/* Return printable name for ABI. */ - -static INLINE char * -elf_mips_abi_name (bfd *abfd) -{ - flagword flags; - - flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags; - switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) - { - case 0: - if (ABI_N32_P (abfd)) - return "N32"; - else if (ABI_64_P (abfd)) - return "64"; - else - return "none"; - case E_MIPS_ABI_O32: - return "O32"; - case E_MIPS_ABI_O64: - return "O64"; - case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32: - return "EABI32"; - case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64: - return "EABI64"; - default: - return "unknown abi"; - } -} - -/* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the - other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept - together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields - faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common - section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */ -static asection mips_elf_scom_section; -static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol; -static asymbol *mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr; - -/* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an - allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a - definition in a shared library. */ -static asection mips_elf_acom_section; -static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol; -static asymbol *mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr; - -/* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */ - -void -_bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd *abfd, asymbol *asym) -{ - elf_symbol_type *elfsym; - - /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */ - elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) asym; - switch (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx) - { - case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON: - /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file. - It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can - either resolve these symbols to something in a shared - library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes, - we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */ - if (mips_elf_acom_section.name == NULL) - { - /* Initialize the acommon section. */ - mips_elf_acom_section.name = ".acommon"; - mips_elf_acom_section.flags = SEC_ALLOC; - mips_elf_acom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_acom_section; - mips_elf_acom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_acom_symbol; - mips_elf_acom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr; - mips_elf_acom_symbol.name = ".acommon"; - mips_elf_acom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM; - mips_elf_acom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_acom_section; - mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol; - } - asym->section = &mips_elf_acom_section; - break; - - case SHN_COMMON: - /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically - treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */ - if (asym->value > elf_gp_size (abfd) - || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STT_TLS - || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6) - break; - /* Fall through. */ - case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON: - if (mips_elf_scom_section.name == NULL) - { - /* Initialize the small common section. */ - mips_elf_scom_section.name = ".scommon"; - mips_elf_scom_section.flags = SEC_IS_COMMON; - mips_elf_scom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_scom_section; - mips_elf_scom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_scom_symbol; - mips_elf_scom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr; - mips_elf_scom_symbol.name = ".scommon"; - mips_elf_scom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM; - mips_elf_scom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_scom_section; - mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol; - } - asym->section = &mips_elf_scom_section; - asym->value = elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_size; - break; - - case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED: - asym->section = bfd_und_section_ptr; - break; - - case SHN_MIPS_TEXT: - { - asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".text"); - - if (section != NULL) - { - asym->section = section; - /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset - to the base of the .text section. So substract the section - base address to make it an offset. */ - asym->value -= section->vma; - } - } - break; - - case SHN_MIPS_DATA: - { - asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".data"); - - if (section != NULL) - { - asym->section = section; - /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset - to the base of the .data section. So substract the section - base address to make it an offset. */ - asym->value -= section->vma; - } - } - break; - } - - /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16 - or microMIPS one. */ - if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STT_FUNC - && (asym->value & 1) != 0) - { - asym->value--; - if (MICROMIPS_P (abfd)) - elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other - = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other); - else - elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other - = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other); - } -} - -/* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from - the default in the way it handles EABI64. - - EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what - -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has - historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32, - and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time. - Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses. - - If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have - an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs - in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers - have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects. - - We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the - existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want - to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects. - We therefore take the following approach: - - - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to - determine the pointer size. - - - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that - the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64. - - - Otherwise punt. - - The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0 - compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers, - the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality - routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never - used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI. - - Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no - reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never - did so. */ - -unsigned int -_bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) -{ - if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64) - return 8; - if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64) - { - bfd_boolean long32_p, long64_p; - - long32_p = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0; - long64_p = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0; - if (long32_p && long64_p) - return 0; - if (long32_p) - return 4; - if (long64_p) - return 8; - - if (sec->reloc_count > 0 - && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != NULL - && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs[0].r_info) - == R_MIPS_64)) - return 8; - - return 0; - } - return 4; -} - -/* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP - relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the - same address. For example, if we have code like: - - lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp) - lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp) - jalr $25 - - then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program - will jump there rather than to .text. - - We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols. - This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd *abfd) -{ - return SGI_COMPAT (abfd); -} - -/* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is - used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize - sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be - a better way. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr) -{ - if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO - && hdr->sh_size > 0) - { - bfd_byte buf[4]; - - BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo)); - BFD_ASSERT (hdr->contents == NULL); - - if (bfd_seek (abfd, - hdr->sh_offset + sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4, - SEEK_SET) != 0) - return FALSE; - H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf); - if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4) - return FALSE; - } - - if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS - && hdr->bfd_section != NULL - && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section) != NULL - && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata != NULL) - { - bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend; - - /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the - set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents - so that we don't have to read them again. - At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look - through the section contents to see if there is an - ODK_REGINFO structure. */ - - contents = mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata; - l = contents; - lend = contents + hdr->sh_size; - while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend) - { - Elf_Internal_Options intopt; - - bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l, - &intopt); - if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options)) - { - (*_bfd_error_handler) - (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"), - abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size); - break; - } - if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO) - { - bfd_byte buf[8]; - - if (bfd_seek (abfd, - (hdr->sh_offset - + (l - contents) - + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) - + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo) - 8)), - SEEK_SET) != 0) - return FALSE; - H_PUT_64 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf); - if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 8, abfd) != 8) - return FALSE; - } - else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO) - { - bfd_byte buf[4]; - - if (bfd_seek (abfd, - (hdr->sh_offset - + (l - contents) - + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) - + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4)), - SEEK_SET) != 0) - return FALSE; - H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf); - if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4) - return FALSE; - } - l += intopt.size; - } - } - - if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL) - { - const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section); - - /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux - prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and - changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in - _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags - are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an - input file, and without special handling here the flags set - on it in an input file will be followed. */ - if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0 - || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0 - || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0) - { - hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL; - hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS; - } - else if (strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0) - { - hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_MIPS_GPREL; - hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS; - } - else if (strcmp (name, ".compact_rel") == 0) - { - hdr->sh_flags = 0; - hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS; - } - else if (strcmp (name, ".rtproc") == 0) - { - if (hdr->sh_addralign != 0 && hdr->sh_entsize == 0) - { - unsigned int adjust; - - adjust = hdr->sh_size % hdr->sh_addralign; - if (adjust != 0) - hdr->sh_size += hdr->sh_addralign - adjust; - } - } - } - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This - is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type. - This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI. - - FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure - how to. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, - Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, - const char *name, - int shindex) -{ - flagword flags = 0; - - /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but - at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the - sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives - suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will - probably get away with this. */ - switch (hdr->sh_type) - { - case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST: - if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") != 0) - return FALSE; - break; - case SHT_MIPS_MSYM: - if (strcmp (name, ".msym") != 0) - return FALSE; - break; - case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT: - if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") != 0) - return FALSE; - break; - case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB: - if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab.")) - return FALSE; - break; - case SHT_MIPS_UCODE: - if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") != 0) - return FALSE; - break; - case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG: - if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") != 0) - return FALSE; - flags = SEC_DEBUGGING; - break; - case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO: - if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") != 0 - || hdr->sh_size != sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo)) - return FALSE; - flags = (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE); - break; - case SHT_MIPS_IFACE: - if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0) - return FALSE; - break; - case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT: - if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content")) - return FALSE; - break; - case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS: - if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name)) - return FALSE; - break; - case SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS: - if (!MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P (name)) - return FALSE; - flags = (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE); - break; - case SHT_MIPS_DWARF: - if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_") - && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".zdebug_")) - return FALSE; - break; - case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB: - if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0) - return FALSE; - break; - case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS: - if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events") - && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel")) - return FALSE; - break; - default: - break; - } - - if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) - return FALSE; - - if (flags) - { - if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, - (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd, - hdr->bfd_section) - | flags))) - return FALSE; - } - - if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS) - { - Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext; - - if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, - &ext, 0, sizeof ext)) - return FALSE; - bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (abfd, &ext, - &mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags); - if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags.version != 0) - return FALSE; - mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags_valid = TRUE; - } - - /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */ - - /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information - from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while - processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section - is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */ - if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO) - { - Elf32_External_RegInfo ext; - Elf32_RegInfo s; - - if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, - &ext, 0, sizeof ext)) - return FALSE; - bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd, &ext, &s); - elf_gp (abfd) = s.ri_gp_value; - } - - /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and - set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both - SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case, - they should agree. */ - if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS) - { - bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend; - - contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size); - if (contents == NULL) - return FALSE; - if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, contents, - 0, hdr->sh_size)) - { - free (contents); - return FALSE; - } - l = contents; - lend = contents + hdr->sh_size; - while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend) - { - Elf_Internal_Options intopt; - - bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l, - &intopt); - if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options)) - { - (*_bfd_error_handler) - (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"), - abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size); - break; - } - if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO) - { - Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg; - - bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in - (abfd, - ((Elf64_External_RegInfo *) - (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))), - &intreg); - elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value; - } - else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO) - { - Elf32_RegInfo intreg; - - bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in - (abfd, - ((Elf32_External_RegInfo *) - (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))), - &intreg); - elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value; - } - l += intopt.size; - } - free (contents); - } - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the - section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is - used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *sec) -{ - const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec); - - if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") == 0) - { - hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST; - hdr->sh_info = sec->size / sizeof (Elf32_Lib); - /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */ - } - else if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") == 0) - hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT; - else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab.")) - { - hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_GPTAB; - hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab); - /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */ - } - else if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") == 0) - hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_UCODE; - else if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") == 0) - { - hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DEBUG; - /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an - entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */ - if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0) - hdr->sh_entsize = 0; - else - hdr->sh_entsize = 1; - } - else if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") == 0) - { - hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_REGINFO; - /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an - entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */ - if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)) - { - if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0) - hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo); - else - hdr->sh_entsize = 1; - } - else - hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo); - } - else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) - && (strcmp (name, ".hash") == 0 - || strcmp (name, ".dynamic") == 0 - || strcmp (name, ".dynstr") == 0)) - { - if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)) - hdr->sh_entsize = 0; -#if 0 - /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */ - hdr->sh_info = SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES; -#endif - } - else if (strcmp (name, ".got") == 0 - || strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0 - || strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0 - || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0 - || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0 - || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0) - hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_GPREL; - else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0) - { - hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_IFACE; - hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP; - } - else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content")) - { - hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONTENT; - hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP; - /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */ - } - else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name)) - { - hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS; - hdr->sh_entsize = 1; - hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP; - } - else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.abiflags")) - { - hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS; - hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0); - } - else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_") - || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".zdebug_")) - { - hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DWARF; - - /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame - per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker - doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */ - if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_frame")) - hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP; - } - else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0) - { - hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB; - /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in - final_write_processing. */ - } - else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events") - || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel")) - { - hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_EVENTS; - hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP; - /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */ - } - else if (strcmp (name, ".msym") == 0) - { - hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_MSYM; - hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC; - hdr->sh_entsize = 8; - } - - /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default - kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the - non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use - these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections. - Thus we create those header only on demand now. */ - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section - index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. - Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these, - but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least - the .scommon section. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, - asection *sec, int *retval) -{ - if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".scommon") == 0) - { - *retval = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON; - return TRUE; - } - if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".acommon") == 0) - { - *retval = SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON; - return TRUE; - } - return FALSE; -} - -/* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object - file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, - Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, const char **namep, - flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, - asection **secp, bfd_vma *valp) -{ - if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) - && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0 - && strcmp (*namep, "_rld_new_interface") == 0) - { - /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */ - *namep = NULL; - return TRUE; - } - - /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as - a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp - by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is - a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition - of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this - is not done for them. */ - if (!NEWABI_P(abfd) - && (sym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS) - && (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0)) - { - *namep = NULL; - return TRUE; - } - - switch (sym->st_shndx) - { - case SHN_COMMON: - /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically - treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */ - if (sym->st_size > elf_gp_size (abfd) - || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_TLS - || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6) - break; - /* Fall through. */ - case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON: - *secp = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".scommon"); - (*secp)->flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON; - *valp = sym->st_size; - break; - - case SHN_MIPS_TEXT: - /* This section is used in a shared object. */ - if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section == NULL) - { - asymbol *elf_text_symbol; - asection *elf_text_section; - bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection); - - elf_text_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); - if (elf_text_section == NULL) - return FALSE; - - amt = sizeof (asymbol); - elf_text_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); - if (elf_text_symbol == NULL) - return FALSE; - - /* Initialize the section. */ - - mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section = elf_text_section; - mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol = elf_text_symbol; - - elf_text_section->symbol = elf_text_symbol; - elf_text_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol; - - elf_text_section->name = ".text"; - elf_text_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS; - elf_text_section->output_section = NULL; - elf_text_section->owner = abfd; - elf_text_symbol->name = ".text"; - elf_text_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC; - elf_text_symbol->section = elf_text_section; - } - /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if - info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense, - so I took it out. */ - *secp = mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section; - break; - - case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON: - /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */ - case SHN_MIPS_DATA: - /* This section is used in a shared object. */ - if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section == NULL) - { - asymbol *elf_data_symbol; - asection *elf_data_section; - bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection); - - elf_data_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); - if (elf_data_section == NULL) - return FALSE; - - amt = sizeof (asymbol); - elf_data_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); - if (elf_data_symbol == NULL) - return FALSE; - - /* Initialize the section. */ - - mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section = elf_data_section; - mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol = elf_data_symbol; - - elf_data_section->symbol = elf_data_symbol; - elf_data_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol; - - elf_data_section->name = ".data"; - elf_data_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS; - elf_data_section->output_section = NULL; - elf_data_section->owner = abfd; - elf_data_symbol->name = ".data"; - elf_data_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC; - elf_data_symbol->section = elf_data_section; - } - /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if - info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense, - so I took it out. */ - *secp = mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section; - break; - - case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED: - *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr; - break; - } - - if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) - && ! info->shared - && info->output_bfd->xvec == abfd->xvec - && strcmp (*namep, "__rld_obj_head") == 0) - { - struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; - struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh; - - /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */ - bh = NULL; - if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol - (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, *secp, *valp, NULL, FALSE, - get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh))) - return FALSE; - - h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh; - h->non_elf = 0; - h->def_regular = 1; - h->type = STT_OBJECT; - - if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) - return FALSE; - - mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head = TRUE; - mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_symbol = h; - } - - /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it - odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with - the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */ - if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other)) - ++*valp; - - return TRUE; -} - -/* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global - symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is - also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */ - -int -_bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook - (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, - const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, - asection *input_sec, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) -{ - /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then - if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small - common in the output file. */ - if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON - && strcmp (input_sec->name, ".scommon") == 0) - sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON; - - if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other)) - sym->st_value &= ~1; - - return 1; -} - -/* Functions for the dynamic linker. */ - -/* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) -{ - struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; - struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh; - flagword flags; - register asection *s; - const char * const *namep; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL); - - flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY - | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY); - - /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks - EABI doesn't. */ - if (!htab->is_vxworks) - { - s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynamic"); - if (s != NULL) - { - if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags)) - return FALSE; - } - } - - /* We need to create .got section. */ - if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info)) - return FALSE; - - if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE)) - return FALSE; - - /* Create .stub section. */ - s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, - MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd), - flags | SEC_CODE); - if (s == NULL - || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, - MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd))) - return FALSE; - htab->sstubs = s; - - if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head - && !info->shared - && bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rld_map") == NULL) - { - s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rld_map", - flags &~ (flagword) SEC_READONLY); - if (s == NULL - || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, - MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd))) - return FALSE; - } - - /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the - alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation - indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that - the linker takes such action. */ - if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5) - { - for (namep = mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names; *namep != NULL; namep++) - { - bh = NULL; - if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol - (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_und_section_ptr, 0, - NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh))) - return FALSE; - - h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh; - h->non_elf = 0; - h->def_regular = 1; - h->type = STT_SECTION; - - if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) - return FALSE; - } - - /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */ - if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)) - { - if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd, info)) - return FALSE; - } - - /* Change alignments of some sections. */ - s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".hash"); - if (s != NULL) - (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)); - - s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynsym"); - if (s != NULL) - (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)); - - s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynstr"); - if (s != NULL) - (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)); - - /* ??? */ - s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo"); - if (s != NULL) - (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)); - - s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynamic"); - if (s != NULL) - (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)); - } - - if (!info->shared) - { - const char *name; - - name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING"; - bh = NULL; - if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol - (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_abs_section_ptr, 0, - NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh))) - return FALSE; - - h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh; - h->non_elf = 0; - h->def_regular = 1; - h->type = STT_SECTION; - - if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) - return FALSE; - - if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head) - { - /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section - and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to - the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in - _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */ - s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rld_map"); - BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); - - name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP"; - bh = NULL; - if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol - (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, s, 0, NULL, FALSE, - get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh))) - return FALSE; - - h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh; - h->non_elf = 0; - h->def_regular = 1; - h->type = STT_OBJECT; - - if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) - return FALSE; - mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_symbol = h; - } - } - - /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections. - Also, on VxWorks, create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol. */ - if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info)) - return FALSE; - - /* Cache the sections created above. */ - htab->splt = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".plt"); - htab->sdynbss = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynbss"); - if (htab->is_vxworks) - { - htab->srelbss = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rela.bss"); - htab->srelplt = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rela.plt"); - } - else - htab->srelplt = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rel.plt"); - if (!htab->sdynbss - || (htab->is_vxworks && !htab->srelbss && !info->shared) - || !htab->srelplt - || !htab->splt) - abort (); - - /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */ - if (htab->is_vxworks - && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2)) - return FALSE; - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than - RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and - ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, - const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs, - const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel) -{ - Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr; - const struct elf_backend_data *bed; - - /* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the - fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */ - rel_hdr = elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr; - if (rel_hdr == NULL) - return FALSE; - bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); - return ((size_t) (rel - relocs) - < NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr) * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel); -} - -/* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD. - HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents - of the section that REL is against. */ - -static bfd_vma -mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, - reloc_howto_type *howto, bfd_byte *contents) -{ - bfd_byte *location; - unsigned int r_type; - bfd_vma addend; - - r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info); - location = contents + rel->r_offset; - - /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */ - _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, r_type, FALSE, location); - addend = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, rel, abfd, contents); - _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, r_type, FALSE, location); - - return addend & howto->src_mask; -} - -/* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation - and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation - and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success - or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive - upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd *abfd, - const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, - const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend, - bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma *addend) -{ - unsigned int r_type, lo16_type; - const Elf_Internal_Rela *lo16_relocation; - reloc_howto_type *lo16_howto; - bfd_vma l; - - r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info); - if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type)) - lo16_type = R_MIPS16_LO16; - else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type)) - lo16_type = R_MICROMIPS_LO16; - else if (r_type == R_MIPS_PCHI16) - lo16_type = R_MIPS_PCLO16; - else - lo16_type = R_MIPS_LO16; - - /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by - sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the - code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the - LO16 value.) - - Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation. - - According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must - be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next - relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several - relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16 - relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar - extension in general, as that is useful for GCC. - - In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps - the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of - the ABI but not immediately harmful. */ - lo16_relocation = mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd, lo16_type, rel, relend); - if (lo16_relocation == NULL) - return FALSE; - - /* Obtain the addend kept there. */ - lo16_howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, lo16_type, FALSE); - l = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd, lo16_relocation, lo16_howto, contents); - - l <<= lo16_howto->rightshift; - l = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l, 16); - - *addend <<= 16; - *addend += l; - return TRUE; -} - -/* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and - store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS - already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_byte **contents) -{ - if (*contents) - return TRUE; - - /* Get cached copy if it exists. */ - if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL) - { - *contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents; - return TRUE; - } - - return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, contents); -} - -/* Make a new PLT record to keep internal data. */ - -static struct plt_entry * -mips_elf_make_plt_record (bfd *abfd) -{ - struct plt_entry *entry; - - entry = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*entry)); - if (entry == NULL) - return NULL; - - entry->stub_offset = MINUS_ONE; - entry->mips_offset = MINUS_ONE; - entry->comp_offset = MINUS_ONE; - entry->gotplt_index = MINUS_ONE; - return entry; -} - -/* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and - allocate space in the global offset table and record the need for - standard MIPS and compressed procedure linkage table entries. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, - asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs) -{ - const char *name; - bfd *dynobj; - Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; - struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; - size_t extsymoff; - const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel; - const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end; - asection *sreloc; - const struct elf_backend_data *bed; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - bfd_byte *contents; - bfd_vma addend; - reloc_howto_type *howto; - - if (info->relocatable) - return TRUE; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL); - - dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; - symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; - sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd); - extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info; - - bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); - rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel; - - /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */ - - name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec); - if (FN_STUB_P (name)) - { - unsigned long r_symndx; - - /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol - this is for. */ - - r_symndx = mips16_stub_symndx (bed, sec, relocs, rel_end); - if (r_symndx == 0) - { - (*_bfd_error_handler) - (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for" - " stub section `%s'"), - abfd, name); - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); - return FALSE; - } - - if (r_symndx < extsymoff - || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL) - { - asection *o; - - /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be - needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other - than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */ - for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) - { - Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs; - const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend; - - /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */ - if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0 - || o->reloc_count == 0 - || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o)) - continue; - - sec_relocs - = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL, - info->keep_memory); - if (sec_relocs == NULL) - return FALSE; - - rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count; - for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++) - if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx - && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info))) - break; - - if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs) - free (sec_relocs); - - if (r < rend) - break; - } - - if (o == NULL) - { - /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do - not need it. Since this function is called before - the linker maps input sections to output sections, we - can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE - flag. */ - sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; - return TRUE; - } - - /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for - this BFD. */ - if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs == NULL) - { - unsigned long symcount; - asection **n; - bfd_size_type amt; - - if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) - symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr); - else - symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info; - amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *); - n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); - if (n == NULL) - return FALSE; - mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs = n; - } - - sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP; - mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] = sec; - - /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case. - That flag is used to see whether we need to look through - the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set - it here, because we just have a local stub. */ - } - else - { - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h; - - h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) - sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]); - - while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect - || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) - h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link; - - /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */ - - /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we - don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since - this function is called before the linker maps input sections - to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the - SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */ - if (h->fn_stub != NULL) - { - sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; - return TRUE; - } - - sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP; - h->fn_stub = sec; - mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE; - } - } - else if (CALL_STUB_P (name) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name)) - { - unsigned long r_symndx; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h; - asection **loc; - - /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol - this is for. */ - - r_symndx = mips16_stub_symndx (bed, sec, relocs, rel_end); - if (r_symndx == 0) - { - (*_bfd_error_handler) - (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for" - " stub section `%s'"), - abfd, name); - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); - return FALSE; - } - - if (r_symndx < extsymoff - || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL) - { - asection *o; - - /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be - needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD - that refers to this symbol. */ - for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) - { - Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs; - const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend; - - /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */ - if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0 - || o->reloc_count == 0 - || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o)) - continue; - - sec_relocs - = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL, - info->keep_memory); - if (sec_relocs == NULL) - return FALSE; - - rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count; - for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++) - if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx - && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info) == R_MIPS16_26) - break; - - if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs) - free (sec_relocs); - - if (r < rend) - break; - } - - if (o == NULL) - { - /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do - not need it. Since this function is called before - the linker maps input sections to output sections, we - can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE - flag. */ - sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; - return TRUE; - } - - /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for - this BFD. */ - if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs == NULL) - { - unsigned long symcount; - asection **n; - bfd_size_type amt; - - if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) - symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr); - else - symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info; - amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *); - n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); - if (n == NULL) - return FALSE; - mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs = n; - } - - sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP; - mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx] = sec; - - /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case. - That flag is used to see whether we need to look through - the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set - it here, because we just have a local stub. */ - } - else - { - h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) - sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]); - - /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */ - - if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name)) - loc = &h->call_fp_stub; - else - loc = &h->call_stub; - - /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we - don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since - this function is called before the linker maps input sections - to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the - SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */ - if (*loc != NULL) - { - sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; - return TRUE; - } - - sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP; - *loc = sec; - mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE; - } - } - - sreloc = NULL; - contents = NULL; - for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; ++rel) - { - unsigned long r_symndx; - unsigned int r_type; - struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; - bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p; - bfd_boolean call_reloc_p; - bfd_boolean constrain_symbol_p; - - r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, rel->r_info); - r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info); - - if (r_symndx < extsymoff) - h = NULL; - else if (r_symndx >= extsymoff + NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr)) - { - (*_bfd_error_handler) - (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"), - abfd, name); - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); - return FALSE; - } - else - { - h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]; - if (h != NULL) - { - while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect - || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) - h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; - - /* PR15323, ref flags aren't set for references in the - same object. */ - h->root.non_ir_ref = 1; - } - } - - /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this - relocation into a dynamic one. */ - can_make_dynamic_p = FALSE; - - /* Set CALL_RELOC_P to true if the relocation is for a call, - and if pointer equality therefore doesn't matter. */ - call_reloc_p = FALSE; - - /* Set CONSTRAIN_SYMBOL_P if we need to take the relocation - into account when deciding how to define the symbol. - Relocations in nonallocatable sections such as .pdr and - .debug* should have no effect. */ - constrain_symbol_p = ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0); - - switch (r_type) - { - case R_MIPS_CALL16: - case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16: - case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16: - case R_MIPS16_CALL16: - case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16: - case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16: - case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16: - call_reloc_p = TRUE; - /* Fall through. */ - - case R_MIPS_GOT16: - case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16: - case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16: - case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE: - case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST: - case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP: - case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL: - case R_MIPS_TLS_GD: - case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM: - case R_MIPS16_GOT16: - case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL: - case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD: - case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM: - case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16: - case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16: - case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16: - case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE: - case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST: - case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP: - case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL: - case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD: - case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM: - if (dynobj == NULL) - elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd; - if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info)) - return FALSE; - if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared) - { - (*_bfd_error_handler) - (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"), - abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset); - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); - return FALSE; - } - can_make_dynamic_p = TRUE; - break; - - case R_MIPS_NONE: - case R_MIPS_JALR: - case R_MICROMIPS_JALR: - /* These relocations have empty fields and are purely there to - provide link information. The symbol value doesn't matter. */ - constrain_symbol_p = FALSE; - break; - - case R_MIPS_GPREL16: - case R_MIPS_GPREL32: - case R_MIPS16_GPREL: - case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16: - /* GP-relative relocations always resolve to a definition in a - regular input file, ignoring the one-definition rule. This is - important for the GP setup sequence in NewABI code, which - always resolves to a local function even if other relocations - against the symbol wouldn't. */ - constrain_symbol_p = FALSE; - break; - - case R_MIPS_32: - case R_MIPS_REL32: - case R_MIPS_64: - /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols - must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not - possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one. - - For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a - choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic - one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is - usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is - against a read-only section. */ - if ((info->shared - || (h != NULL - && !htab->is_vxworks - && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0 - && !(!info->nocopyreloc - && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd) - && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec)))) - && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) - { - can_make_dynamic_p = TRUE; - if (dynobj == NULL) - elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd; - } - break; - - case R_MIPS_26: - case R_MIPS_PC16: - case R_MIPS_PC21_S2: - case R_MIPS_PC26_S2: - case R_MIPS16_26: - case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1: - case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1: - case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1: - case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1: - case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2: - call_reloc_p = TRUE; - break; - } - - if (h) - { - if (constrain_symbol_p) - { - if (!can_make_dynamic_p) - ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->has_static_relocs = 1; - - if (!call_reloc_p) - h->pointer_equality_needed = 1; - - /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has - relocations related to taking the function's address. - This doesn't apply to VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer - to a .got.plt entry instead of a normal .got entry. */ - if (!htab->is_vxworks && (!can_make_dynamic_p || !call_reloc_p)) - ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->no_fn_stub = TRUE; - } - - /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and - __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate - room for them in .rela.dyn. */ - if (is_gott_symbol (info, h)) - { - if (sreloc == NULL) - { - sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE); - if (sreloc == NULL) - return FALSE; - } - mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1); - if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec)) - /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are - relocations against the text segment. */ - info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; - } - } - else if (call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type) - || got_lo16_reloc_p (r_type) - || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type) - || (got16_reloc_p (r_type) && htab->is_vxworks)) - { - /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We - don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the - maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of - the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and - R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations - always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or - R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an - R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */ - if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx, - rel->r_addend, info, r_type)) - return FALSE; - } - - if (h != NULL - && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd, r_type, - ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->other))) - ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->has_nonpic_branches = TRUE; - - switch (r_type) - { - case R_MIPS_CALL16: - case R_MIPS16_CALL16: - case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16: - if (h == NULL) - { - (*_bfd_error_handler) - (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"), - abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset); - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); - return FALSE; - } - /* Fall through. */ - - case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16: - case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16: - case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16: - case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16: - if (h != NULL) - { - /* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the - function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of - a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */ - if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, TRUE, - r_type)) - return FALSE; - - /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined - function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See - _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */ - h->needs_plt = 1; - h->type = STT_FUNC; - } - break; - - case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE: - case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE: - case R_MIPS16_GOT16: - case R_MIPS_GOT16: - case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16: - case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16: - case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16: - case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16: - case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16: - if (!h || got_page_reloc_p (r_type)) - { - /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a - page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not - know for sure until we know whether the symbol is - preemptible. */ - if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd, sec, relocs, rel)) - { - if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd, sec, &contents)) - return FALSE; - howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, r_type, FALSE); - addend = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd, rel, - howto, contents); - if (got16_reloc_p (r_type)) - mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd, rel, rel_end, - contents, &addend); - else - addend <<= howto->rightshift; - } - else - addend = rel->r_addend; - if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (info, abfd, r_symndx, - h, addend)) - return FALSE; - - if (h) - { - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips = - (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; - - /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */ - if (hmips->root.def_regular - && ! (info->shared && ! info->symbolic - && ! hmips->root.forced_local)) - h = NULL; - } - } - /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will - decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */ - /* Fall through. */ - - case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP: - case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP: - if (h && !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, - FALSE, r_type)) - return FALSE; - break; - - case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL: - case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL: - case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL: - if (info->shared) - info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS; - /* Fall through */ - - case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM: - case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM: - case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM: - if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type)) - { - r_symndx = STN_UNDEF; - h = NULL; - } - /* Fall through */ - - case R_MIPS_TLS_GD: - case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD: - case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD: - /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two - for TLS GD relocations. */ - if (h != NULL) - { - if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, - FALSE, r_type)) - return FALSE; - } - else - { - if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx, - rel->r_addend, - info, r_type)) - return FALSE; - } - break; - - case R_MIPS_32: - case R_MIPS_REL32: - case R_MIPS_64: - /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols - are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's - no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */ - if (can_make_dynamic_p) - { - if (sreloc == NULL) - { - sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE); - if (sreloc == NULL) - return FALSE; - } - if (info->shared && h == NULL) - { - /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these - reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32 - relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */ - mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1); - if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec)) - /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are - relocations against the text segment. */ - info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; - } - else - { - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips; - - /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation - unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and - weak with non-default visibility, in which case - it will be left as zero. - - We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols - in shared libraries, but do not yet do so. - - For an executable, we only need to copy this - reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic - object. */ - hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; - ++hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs; - if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec)) - /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there - are relocations against the text segment. */ - hmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE; - } - } - - if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)) - mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size += - sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo); - break; - - case R_MIPS_26: - case R_MIPS_GPREL16: - case R_MIPS_LITERAL: - case R_MIPS_GPREL32: - case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1: - case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16: - case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL: - case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2: - if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)) - mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size += - sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo); - break; - - /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy. - Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */ - case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT: - if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset)) - return FALSE; - break; - - /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually - used. Record for later use during GC. */ - case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY: - BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL); - if (h != NULL - && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset)) - return FALSE; - break; - - default: - break; - } - - /* Record the need for a PLT entry. At this point we don't know - yet if we are going to create a PLT in the first place, but - we only record whether the relocation requires a standard MIPS - or a compressed code entry anyway. If we don't make a PLT after - all, then we'll just ignore these arrangements. Likewise if - a PLT entry is not created because the symbol is satisfied - locally. */ - if (h != NULL - && jal_reloc_p (r_type) - && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)) - { - if (h->plt.plist == NULL) - h->plt.plist = mips_elf_make_plt_record (abfd); - if (h->plt.plist == NULL) - return FALSE; - - if (r_type == R_MIPS_26) - h->plt.plist->need_mips = TRUE; - else - h->plt.plist->need_comp = TRUE; - } - - /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub, - if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here; - we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols - when processing the stub's relocations. */ - if (h != NULL - && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type) - && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec)) - { - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh; - - mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; - mh->need_fn_stub = TRUE; - } - - /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a - shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're - not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result - will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be - combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */ - if (info->shared) - { - switch (r_type) - { - case R_MIPS16_HI16: - case R_MIPS_HI16: - case R_MIPS_HIGHER: - case R_MIPS_HIGHEST: - case R_MICROMIPS_HI16: - case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER: - case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST: - /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against - no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */ - if (r_symndx == STN_UNDEF) - break; - - /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup, - and has a special meaning. */ - if (!NEWABI_P (abfd) && h != NULL - && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_gp_disp") == 0) - break; - - /* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */ - if (is_gott_symbol (info, h)) - break; - - /* FALLTHROUGH */ - - case R_MIPS16_26: - case R_MIPS_26: - case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1: - howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, r_type, FALSE); - (*_bfd_error_handler) - (_("%B: relocation %s against `%s' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"), - abfd, howto->name, - (h) ? h->root.root.string : "a local symbol"); - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); - return FALSE; - default: - break; - } - } - } - - return TRUE; -} - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, - struct bfd_link_info *link_info, - bfd_boolean *again) -{ - Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs; - Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend; - Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; - bfd_byte *contents = NULL; - size_t extsymoff; - bfd_boolean changed_contents = FALSE; - bfd_vma sec_start = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset; - Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL; - - /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */ - *again = FALSE; - - if (link_info->relocatable) - return TRUE; - - internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, sec, NULL, NULL, - link_info->keep_memory); - if (internal_relocs == NULL) - return TRUE; - - irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count - * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel; - symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; - extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info; - - for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++) - { - bfd_vma symval; - bfd_signed_vma sym_offset; - unsigned int r_type; - unsigned long r_symndx; - asection *sym_sec; - unsigned long instruction; - - /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked - with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to. - This saves some pipeline bubbles. */ - r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, irel->r_info); - if (r_type != R_MIPS_JALR) - continue; - - r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, irel->r_info); - /* Compute the address of the jump target. */ - if (r_symndx >= extsymoff) - { - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h - = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) - elf_sym_hashes (abfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]); - - while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect - || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) - h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link; - - /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden, - skip it. */ - if (! ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined - || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) - && h->root.root.u.def.section) - || (link_info->shared && ! link_info->symbolic - && !h->root.forced_local)) - continue; - - sym_sec = h->root.root.u.def.section; - if (sym_sec->output_section) - symval = (h->root.root.u.def.value - + sym_sec->output_section->vma - + sym_sec->output_offset); - else - symval = h->root.root.u.def.value; - } - else - { - Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; - - /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */ - if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0) - { - isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents; - if (isymbuf == NULL) - isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, - symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0, - NULL, NULL, NULL); - if (isymbuf == NULL) - goto relax_return; - } - - isym = isymbuf + r_symndx; - if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF) - continue; - else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS) - sym_sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr; - else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON) - sym_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr; - else - sym_sec - = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx); - symval = isym->st_value - + sym_sec->output_section->vma - + sym_sec->output_offset; - } - - /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the - branch target. */ - sym_offset = (symval + irel->r_addend) - - (sec_start + irel->r_offset + 4); - - /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */ - if ((sym_offset & 3) != 0) - continue; - - sym_offset >>= 2; - - /* Check that it's in range. */ - if (sym_offset < -0x8000 || sym_offset >= 0x8000) - continue; - - /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */ - if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd, sec, &contents)) - goto relax_return; - - instruction = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset); - - /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */ - if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809) - instruction = 0x04110000; - /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */ - else if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008) - instruction = 0x10000000; - else - continue; - - instruction |= (sym_offset & 0xffff); - bfd_put_32 (abfd, instruction, contents + irel->r_offset); - changed_contents = TRUE; - } - - if (contents != NULL - && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) - { - if (!changed_contents && !link_info->keep_memory) - free (contents); - else - { - /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */ - elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents; - } - } - return TRUE; - - relax_return: - if (contents != NULL - && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) - free (contents); - return FALSE; -} - -/* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */ - -static bfd_boolean -allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf) -{ - struct bfd_link_info *info = inf; - bfd *dynobj; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL); - - dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; - hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; - - /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to - allocate relocations in shared objects. */ - if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared) - return TRUE; - - /* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols - will be redirected to the target symbol. */ - if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect) - return TRUE; - - /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating - a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or - R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */ - if (! info->relocatable - && hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs != 0 - && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak - || (!h->def_regular && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h)) - || info->shared)) - { - bfd_boolean do_copy = TRUE; - - if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) - { - /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols with - non-default visibility. */ - if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT) - do_copy = FALSE; - - /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic - symbol in PIEs. */ - else if (h->dynindx == -1 && !h->forced_local) - { - if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) - return FALSE; - } - } - - if (do_copy) - { - /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol, - the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table - index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic - relocations against it. - - VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT - and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not - apply there. */ - if (!htab->is_vxworks) - { - if (hmips->global_got_area > GGA_RELOC_ONLY) - hmips->global_got_area = GGA_RELOC_ONLY; - hmips->got_only_for_calls = FALSE; - } - - mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations - (dynobj, info, hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs); - if (hmips->readonly_reloc) - /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations - against the text segment. */ - info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; - } - } - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a - regular object. The current definition is in some section of the - dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to - change the definition to something the rest of the link can - understand. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, - struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) -{ - bfd *dynobj; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL); - - dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; - hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; - - /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */ - BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL - && (h->needs_plt - || h->u.weakdef != NULL - || (h->def_dynamic - && h->ref_regular - && !h->def_regular))); - - hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; - - /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol, - see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can - only do this if all references to the function are through call - relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs - are much more efficient than PLT entries. - - Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems; - VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */ - if (!htab->is_vxworks && h->needs_plt && !hmips->no_fn_stub) - { - if (! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) - return TRUE; - - /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set - the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make - function pointers compare as equal between the normal - executable and the shared library. */ - if (!h->def_regular) - { - hmips->needs_lazy_stub = TRUE; - htab->lazy_stub_count++; - return TRUE; - } - } - /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined - functions that are only accessed through call relocations. - - Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there - are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function. - This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are - branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be - used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur - for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that - case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */ - else if (((h->needs_plt && !hmips->no_fn_stub) - || (h->type == STT_FUNC && hmips->has_static_relocs)) - && htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs - && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h) - && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT - && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)) - { - bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (info->output_bfd); - bfd_boolean newabi_p = NEWABI_P (info->output_bfd); - - /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, then make some - basic setup. Also work out PLT entry sizes. We'll need them - for PLT offset calculations. */ - if (htab->plt_mips_offset + htab->plt_comp_offset == 0) - { - BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt->size == 0); - BFD_ASSERT (htab->plt_got_index == 0); - - /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT - entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes. - Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this - lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */ - if (!htab->is_vxworks - && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->splt, 5)) - return FALSE; - - /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily - for the same reason as above. */ - if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->sgotplt, - MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj))) - return FALSE; - - /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt - are reserved. */ - if (!htab->is_vxworks) - htab->plt_got_index - += (get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->got_header_size - / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj)); - - /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's - .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */ - if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared) - htab->srelplt2->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); - - /* Now work out the sizes of individual PLT entries. */ - if (htab->is_vxworks && info->shared) - htab->plt_mips_entry_size - = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry); - else if (htab->is_vxworks) - htab->plt_mips_entry_size - = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry); - else if (newabi_p) - htab->plt_mips_entry_size - = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry); - else if (!micromips_p) - { - htab->plt_mips_entry_size - = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry); - htab->plt_comp_entry_size - = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry); - } - else if (htab->insn32) - { - htab->plt_mips_entry_size - = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry); - htab->plt_comp_entry_size - = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry); - } - else - { - htab->plt_mips_entry_size - = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry); - htab->plt_comp_entry_size - = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry); - } - } - - if (h->plt.plist == NULL) - h->plt.plist = mips_elf_make_plt_record (dynobj); - if (h->plt.plist == NULL) - return FALSE; - - /* There are no defined MIPS16 or microMIPS PLT entries for VxWorks, - n32 or n64, so always use a standard entry there. - - If the symbol has a MIPS16 call stub and gets a PLT entry, then - all MIPS16 calls will go via that stub, and there is no benefit - to having a MIPS16 entry. And in the case of call_stub a - standard entry actually has to be used as the stub ends with a J - instruction. */ - if (newabi_p - || htab->is_vxworks - || hmips->call_stub - || hmips->call_fp_stub) - { - h->plt.plist->need_mips = TRUE; - h->plt.plist->need_comp = FALSE; - } - - /* Otherwise, if there are no direct calls to the function, we - have a free choice of whether to use standard or compressed - entries. Prefer microMIPS entries if the object is known to - contain microMIPS code, so that it becomes possible to create - pure microMIPS binaries. Prefer standard entries otherwise, - because MIPS16 ones are no smaller and are usually slower. */ - if (!h->plt.plist->need_mips && !h->plt.plist->need_comp) - { - if (micromips_p) - h->plt.plist->need_comp = TRUE; - else - h->plt.plist->need_mips = TRUE; - } - - if (h->plt.plist->need_mips) - { - h->plt.plist->mips_offset = htab->plt_mips_offset; - htab->plt_mips_offset += htab->plt_mips_entry_size; - } - if (h->plt.plist->need_comp) - { - h->plt.plist->comp_offset = htab->plt_comp_offset; - htab->plt_comp_offset += htab->plt_comp_entry_size; - } - - /* Reserve the corresponding .got.plt entry now too. */ - h->plt.plist->gotplt_index = htab->plt_got_index++; - - /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the - symbol's value to the address of the stub. */ - if (!info->shared && !h->def_regular) - hmips->use_plt_entry = TRUE; - - /* Make room for the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation. */ - htab->srelplt->size += (htab->is_vxworks - ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj) - : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj)); - - /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */ - if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared) - htab->srelplt2->size += 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); - - /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made - dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */ - hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0; - - return TRUE; - } - - /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the - processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the - real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */ - if (h->u.weakdef != NULL) - { - BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined - || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak); - h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section; - h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value; - return TRUE; - } - - /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined - in regular objects. */ - if (h->def_regular) - return TRUE; - - /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations - against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */ - if (!hmips->has_static_relocs) - return TRUE; - - /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have - some that we can't convert. */ - if (!htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs || info->shared) - { - (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to " - "dynamic symbol %s"), - h->root.root.string); - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); - return FALSE; - } - - /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will - become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be - an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic - object will contain position independent code, so all references - from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global - offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to - determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so - both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the - same memory location for the variable. */ - - if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) - { - if (htab->is_vxworks) - htab->srelbss->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); - else - mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1); - h->needs_copy = 1; - } - - /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made - dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */ - hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0; - - return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, htab->sdynbss); -} - -/* This function is called after all the input files have been read, - and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We - check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, - struct bfd_link_info *info) -{ - asection *sect; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL); - - /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */ - sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".reginfo"); - if (sect != NULL) - bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd, sect, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo)); - - /* The .MIPS.abiflags section has a fixed size. */ - sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".MIPS.abiflags"); - if (sect != NULL) - bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd, sect, sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0)); - - hti.info = info; - hti.output_bfd = output_bfd; - hti.error = FALSE; - mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info), - mips_elf_check_symbols, &hti); - if (hti.error) - return FALSE; - - return TRUE; -} - -/* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) -{ - bfd *dynobj; - asection *s; - struct mips_got_info *g; - bfd_size_type loadable_size = 0; - bfd_size_type page_gotno; - bfd *ibfd; - struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL); - - s = htab->sgot; - if (s == NULL) - return TRUE; - - dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; - g = htab->got_info; - - /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves - 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */ - BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_low_gotno == 0); - if (htab->is_vxworks) - htab->reserved_gotno = 3; - else - htab->reserved_gotno = 2; - g->local_gotno += htab->reserved_gotno; - g->assigned_low_gotno = htab->reserved_gotno; - - /* Decide which symbols need to go in the global part of the GOT and - count the number of reloc-only GOT symbols. */ - mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab, mips_elf_count_got_symbols, info); - - if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (info, g)) - return FALSE; - - /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That - will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries - required. */ - for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link_next) - { - asection *subsection; - - for (subsection = ibfd->sections; - subsection; - subsection = subsection->next) - { - if ((subsection->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0) - continue; - loadable_size += ((subsection->size + 0xf) - &~ (bfd_size_type) 0xf); - } - } - - if (htab->is_vxworks) - /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16 - relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does - not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */ - page_gotno = 0; - else - /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous - sections. Is 5 enough? */ - page_gotno = (loadable_size >> 16) + 5; - - /* Choose the smaller of the two page estimates; both are intended to be - conservative. */ - if (page_gotno > g->page_gotno) - page_gotno = g->page_gotno; - - g->local_gotno += page_gotno; - g->assigned_high_gotno = g->local_gotno - 1; - - s->size += g->local_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd); - s->size += g->global_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd); - s->size += g->tls_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd); - - /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to - __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the - dynamic loader. */ - if (!htab->is_vxworks && s->size > MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info)) - { - if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd, info, s, page_gotno)) - return FALSE; - } - else - { - /* Record that all bfds use G. This also has the effect of freeing - the per-bfd GOTs, which we no longer need. */ - for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link_next) - if (mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd, FALSE)) - mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (ibfd, g); - mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (output_bfd, g); - - /* Set up TLS entries. */ - g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno; - tga.info = info; - tga.g = g; - tga.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd); - htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, &tga); - if (!tga.g) - return FALSE; - BFD_ASSERT (g->tls_assigned_gotno - == g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno + g->tls_gotno); - - /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */ - if (htab->is_vxworks && info->shared) - g->relocs += g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno - htab->reserved_gotno; - - /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */ - if (g->relocs) - mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, g->relocs); - } - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */ - -static void -mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) -{ - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - bfd_size_type dynsymcount; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL); - - if (htab->lazy_stub_count == 0) - return; - - /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text - section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */ - htab->lazy_stub_count++; - - /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed. - At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols - and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will - be needed. */ - dynsymcount = (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd, info)); - - /* Determine the size of one stub entry. There's no disadvantage - from using microMIPS code here, so for the sake of pure-microMIPS - binaries we prefer it whenever there's any microMIPS code in - output produced at all. This has a benefit of stubs being - shorter by 4 bytes each too, unless in the insn32 mode. */ - if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd)) - htab->function_stub_size = (dynsymcount > 0x10000 - ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE - : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE); - else if (htab->insn32) - htab->function_stub_size = (dynsymcount > 0x10000 - ? MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE - : MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE); - else - htab->function_stub_size = (dynsymcount > 0x10000 - ? MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE - : MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE); - - htab->sstubs->size = htab->lazy_stub_count * htab->function_stub_size; -} - -/* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a - mips_htab_traverse_info. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding - stub, allocate an entry in the stubs section. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data) -{ - struct mips_htab_traverse_info *hti = data; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - struct bfd_link_info *info; - bfd *output_bfd; - - info = hti->info; - output_bfd = hti->output_bfd; - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL); - - if (h->needs_lazy_stub) - { - bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd); - unsigned int other = micromips_p ? STO_MICROMIPS : 0; - bfd_vma isa_bit = micromips_p; - - BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.dynobj != NULL); - if (h->root.plt.plist == NULL) - h->root.plt.plist = mips_elf_make_plt_record (htab->sstubs->owner); - if (h->root.plt.plist == NULL) - { - hti->error = TRUE; - return FALSE; - } - h->root.root.u.def.section = htab->sstubs; - h->root.root.u.def.value = htab->sstubs->size + isa_bit; - h->root.plt.plist->stub_offset = htab->sstubs->size; - h->root.other = other; - htab->sstubs->size += htab->function_stub_size; - } - return TRUE; -} - -/* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one. - Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info) -{ - bfd *output_bfd = info->output_bfd; - bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd); - unsigned int other = micromips_p ? STO_MICROMIPS : 0; - bfd_vma isa_bit = micromips_p; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti; - struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; - bfd *dynobj; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL); - - if (htab->lazy_stub_count == 0) - return TRUE; - - htab->sstubs->size = 0; - hti.info = info; - hti.output_bfd = output_bfd; - hti.error = FALSE; - mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub, &hti); - if (hti.error) - return FALSE; - htab->sstubs->size += htab->function_stub_size; - BFD_ASSERT (htab->sstubs->size - == htab->lazy_stub_count * htab->function_stub_size); - - dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; - BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL); - h = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj, info, htab->sstubs, "_MIPS_STUBS_"); - if (h == NULL) - return FALSE; - h->root.u.def.value = isa_bit; - h->other = other; - h->type = STT_FUNC; - - return TRUE; -} - -/* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a - bfd_link_info. If H uses the address of a PLT entry as the value - of the symbol, then set the entry in the symbol table now. Prefer - a standard MIPS PLT entry. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data) -{ - struct bfd_link_info *info = data; - bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (info->output_bfd); - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - unsigned int other; - bfd_vma isa_bit; - bfd_vma val; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL); - - if (h->use_plt_entry) - { - BFD_ASSERT (h->root.plt.plist != NULL); - BFD_ASSERT (h->root.plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE - || h->root.plt.plist->comp_offset != MINUS_ONE); - - val = htab->plt_header_size; - if (h->root.plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE) - { - isa_bit = 0; - val += h->root.plt.plist->mips_offset; - other = 0; - } - else - { - isa_bit = 1; - val += htab->plt_mips_offset + h->root.plt.plist->comp_offset; - other = micromips_p ? STO_MICROMIPS : STO_MIPS16; - } - val += isa_bit; - /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the lazy - resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical function - address. */ - if (htab->is_vxworks) - val += 8; - - h->root.root.u.def.section = htab->splt; - h->root.root.u.def.value = val; - h->root.other = other; - } - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, - struct bfd_link_info *info) -{ - bfd *dynobj; - asection *s, *sreldyn; - bfd_boolean reltext; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL); - dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; - BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL); - - if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) - { - /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */ - if (info->executable) - { - s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp"); - BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); - s->size - = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd)) + 1; - s->contents - = (bfd_byte *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd); - } - - /* Figure out the size of the PLT header if we know that we - are using it. For the sake of cache alignment always use - a standard header whenever any standard entries are present - even if microMIPS entries are present as well. This also - lets the microMIPS header rely on the value of $v0 only set - by microMIPS entries, for a small size reduction. - - Set symbol table entry values for symbols that use the - address of their PLT entry now that we can calculate it. - - Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol if we - haven't already in _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections. */ - if (htab->splt && htab->plt_mips_offset + htab->plt_comp_offset != 0) - { - bfd_boolean micromips_p = (MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd) - && !htab->plt_mips_offset); - unsigned int other = micromips_p ? STO_MICROMIPS : 0; - bfd_vma isa_bit = micromips_p; - struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; - bfd_vma size; - - BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs); - BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt->size == 0); - BFD_ASSERT (htab->splt->size == 0); - - if (htab->is_vxworks && info->shared) - size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry); - else if (htab->is_vxworks) - size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry); - else if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)) - size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry); - else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd)) - size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry); - else if (!micromips_p) - size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry); - else if (htab->insn32) - size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry); - else - size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry); - - htab->plt_header_is_comp = micromips_p; - htab->plt_header_size = size; - htab->splt->size = (size - + htab->plt_mips_offset - + htab->plt_comp_offset); - htab->sgotplt->size = (htab->plt_got_index - * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj)); - - mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab, mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value, info); - - if (htab->root.hplt == NULL) - { - h = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj, info, htab->splt, - "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_"); - htab->root.hplt = h; - if (h == NULL) - return FALSE; - } - - h = htab->root.hplt; - h->root.u.def.value = isa_bit; - h->other = other; - h->type = STT_FUNC; - } - } - - /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */ - elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, info); - - mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd, info); - - if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd, info)) - return FALSE; - - mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info); - - /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have - determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate - memory for them. */ - reltext = FALSE; - for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) - { - const char *name; - - /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none - of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */ - name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s); - - if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0) - continue; - - if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rel")) - { - if (s->size != 0) - { - const char *outname; - asection *target; - - /* If this relocation section applies to a read only - section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry. - If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always - assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether - there exists a relocation to a read only section or - not. */ - outname = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd, - s->output_section); - target = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, outname + 4); - if ((target != NULL - && (target->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0 - && (target->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) - || strcmp (outname, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) == 0) - reltext = TRUE; - - /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need - to copy relocs into the output file. */ - if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) != 0) - s->reloc_count = 0; - - /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will - sort relocations, but in a different way than we do, - and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it - will move them around between input sections' - relocation's contents, so our sorting would be - broken, so don't let it run. */ - info->combreloc = 0; - } - } - else if (! info->shared - && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head - && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rld_map")) - { - /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the - rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */ - s->size += MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE (output_bfd); - } - else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd) - && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".compact_rel")) - s->size += mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size; - else if (s == htab->splt) - { - /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate - room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is - for CPUs without load interlocking. */ - if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd) - && ! htab->is_vxworks && s->size > 0) - s->size += 4; - } - else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".init") - && s != htab->sgot - && s != htab->sgotplt - && s != htab->sstubs - && s != htab->sdynbss) - { - /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */ - continue; - } - - if (s->size == 0) - { - s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; - continue; - } - - if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0) - continue; - - /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */ - s->contents = bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size); - if (s->contents == NULL) - { - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); - return FALSE; - } - } - - if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) - { - /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the - values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we - must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for - the .dynamic section. */ - - /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the - DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc - only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and some tools - may only look at the first one they see. */ - if (!info->shared - && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP, 0)) - return FALSE; - - /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and - used by the debugger. */ - if (info->executable - && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd) - && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0)) - return FALSE; - - if (reltext && (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd) || htab->is_vxworks)) - info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; - - if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0) - { - if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_TEXTREL, 0)) - return FALSE; - - /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we - write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because - at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame - absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */ - info->flags &= ~DF_TEXTREL; - } - - if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTGOT, 0)) - return FALSE; - - sreldyn = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE); - if (htab->is_vxworks) - { - /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not - use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */ - if (sreldyn && sreldyn->size > 0) - { - if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELA, 0)) - return FALSE; - - if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELASZ, 0)) - return FALSE; - - if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELAENT, 0)) - return FALSE; - } - } - else - { - if (sreldyn && sreldyn->size > 0) - { - if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_REL, 0)) - return FALSE; - - if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELSZ, 0)) - return FALSE; - - if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELENT, 0)) - return FALSE; - } - - if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION, 0)) - return FALSE; - - if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_FLAGS, 0)) - return FALSE; - - if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS, 0)) - return FALSE; - - if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO, 0)) - return FALSE; - - if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, 0)) - return FALSE; - - if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO, 0)) - return FALSE; - - if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM, 0)) - return FALSE; - - if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix5 - && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO, 0)) - return FALSE; - - if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix6 - && (bfd_get_section_by_name - (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj))) - && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS, 0)) - return FALSE; - } - if (htab->splt->size > 0) - { - if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTREL, 0)) - return FALSE; - - if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_JMPREL, 0)) - return FALSE; - - if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)) - return FALSE; - - if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT, 0)) - return FALSE; - } - if (htab->is_vxworks - && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info)) - return FALSE; - } - - return TRUE; -} - -/* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD. - Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file. - LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols - and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */ - -static void -mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, - bfd *input_bfd, Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms, - asection **local_sections, Elf_Internal_Rela *rel) -{ - unsigned int r_type, r_symndx; - Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; - asection *sec; - - if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections)) - { - r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info); - if (gprel16_reloc_p (r_type) - || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL32 - || literal_reloc_p (r_type)) - { - rel->r_addend += _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd); - rel->r_addend -= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd); - } - - r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd, rel->r_info); - sym = local_syms + r_symndx; - - /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */ - if (!info->relocatable) - { - sec = local_sections[r_symndx]; - _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel); - } - - /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */ - if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION) - rel->r_addend += local_sections[r_symndx]->output_offset; - } -} - -/* Handle relocations against symbols from removed linkonce sections, - or sections discarded by a linker script. We use this wrapper around - RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION to handle triplets of compound relocs - on 64-bit ELF targets. In this case for any relocation handled, which - always be the first in a triplet, the remaining two have to be processed - together with the first, even if they are R_MIPS_NONE. It is the symbol - index referred by the first reloc that applies to all the three and the - remaining two never refer to an object symbol. And it is the final - relocation (the last non-null one) that determines the output field of - the whole relocation so retrieve the corresponding howto structure for - the relocatable field to be cleared by RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION. - - Note that RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION is a macro that uses "continue" - and therefore requires to be pasted in a loop. It also defines a block - and does not protect any of its arguments, hence the extra brackets. */ - -static void -mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (bfd *output_bfd, - struct bfd_link_info *info, - bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section, - Elf_Internal_Rela **rel, - const Elf_Internal_Rela **relend, - bfd_boolean rel_reloc, - reloc_howto_type *howto, - bfd_byte *contents) -{ - const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd); - int count = bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel; - unsigned int r_type; - int i; - - for (i = count - 1; i > 0; i--) - { - r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, (*rel)[i].r_info); - if (r_type != R_MIPS_NONE) - { - howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type, !rel_reloc); - break; - } - } - do - { - RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section, - (*rel), count, (*relend), - howto, i, contents); - } - while (0); -} - -/* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, - bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section, - bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs, - Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms, - asection **local_sections) -{ - Elf_Internal_Rela *rel; - const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend; - bfd_vma addend = 0; - bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p = FALSE; - const struct elf_backend_data *bed; - - bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd); - relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel; - for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; ++rel) - { - const char *name; - bfd_vma value = 0; - reloc_howto_type *howto; - bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p = FALSE; - /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a - REL relocation. */ - bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p = TRUE; - unsigned int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info); - const char *msg; - unsigned long r_symndx; - asection *sec; - Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; - struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; - bfd_boolean rel_reloc; - - rel_reloc = (NEWABI_P (input_bfd) - && mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd, input_section, - relocs, rel)); - /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */ - howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type, !rel_reloc); - - r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, rel->r_info); - symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr; - if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections)) - { - sec = local_sections[r_symndx]; - h = NULL; - } - else - { - unsigned long extsymoff; - - extsymoff = 0; - if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd)) - extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info; - h = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]; - while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect - || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) - h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; - - sec = NULL; - if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined - || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) - sec = h->root.u.def.section; - } - - if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec)) - { - mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, - input_section, &rel, &relend, - rel_reloc, howto, contents); - continue; - } - - if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd)) - { - /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use - 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the - lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address - space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is - usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the - stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */ - howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, R_MIPS_32, FALSE); - - /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position - of the reloc. */ - if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd)) - rel->r_offset += 4; - } - - if (!use_saved_addend_p) - { - /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety, - we must pull the addend out of the field that will be - relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the - RELA relocation. */ - if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd, input_section, - relocs, rel)) - { - rela_relocation_p = FALSE; - addend = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd, rel, - howto, contents); - if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type) - || (got16_reloc_p (r_type) - && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, - local_sections))) - { - if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd, rel, relend, - contents, &addend)) - { - if (h) - name = h->root.root.string; - else - name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, - local_syms + r_symndx, - sec); - (*_bfd_error_handler) - (_("%B: Can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s' for %s at 0x%lx in section `%A'"), - input_bfd, input_section, name, howto->name, - rel->r_offset); - } - } - else - addend <<= howto->rightshift; - } - else - addend = rel->r_addend; - mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, - local_syms, local_sections, rel); - } - - if (info->relocatable) - { - if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd) - && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd)) - rel->r_offset -= 4; - - if (!rela_relocation_p && rel->r_addend) - { - addend += rel->r_addend; - if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type) || got16_reloc_p (r_type)) - addend = mips_elf_high (addend); - else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHER) - addend = mips_elf_higher (addend); - else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHEST) - addend = mips_elf_highest (addend); - else - addend >>= howto->rightshift; - - /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination - mask because the place to which we are writing will be - source of the addend in the final link. */ - addend &= howto->src_mask; - - if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd)) - /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit - ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be - possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc - but for endianness. */ - { - bfd_vma sign_bits; - bfd_vma low_bits; - bfd_vma high_bits; - - if (addend & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31)) -#ifdef BFD64 - sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1; -#else - sign_bits = -1; -#endif - else - sign_bits = 0; - - /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type, - do two separate stores. */ - if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd)) - { - /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant) - first. */ - low_bits = sign_bits; - high_bits = addend; - } - else - { - low_bits = addend; - high_bits = sign_bits; - } - bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits, - contents + rel->r_offset); - bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits, - contents + rel->r_offset + 4); - continue; - } - - if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, addend, - input_bfd, input_section, - contents, FALSE)) - return FALSE; - } - - /* Go on to the next relocation. */ - continue; - } - - /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive - relocations for the same offset. In that case we are - supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend - for the next. */ - if (rel + 1 < relend - && rel->r_offset == rel[1].r_offset - && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, rel[1].r_info) != R_MIPS_NONE) - use_saved_addend_p = TRUE; - else - use_saved_addend_p = FALSE; - - /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */ - switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd, input_bfd, - input_section, info, rel, - addend, howto, local_syms, - local_sections, &value, - &name, &cross_mode_jump_p, - use_saved_addend_p)) - { - case bfd_reloc_continue: - /* There's nothing to do. */ - continue; - - case bfd_reloc_undefined: - /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the - undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in - trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we - just skip ahead to the next relocation. */ - continue; - - case bfd_reloc_notsupported: - msg = _("internal error: unsupported relocation error"); - info->callbacks->warning - (info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset); - return FALSE; - - case bfd_reloc_overflow: - if (use_saved_addend_p) - /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for - a given location. */ - ; - else - { - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL); - BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL); - if (!htab->small_data_overflow_reported - && (gprel16_reloc_p (howto->type) - || literal_reloc_p (howto->type))) - { - msg = _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;" - " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)"); - - htab->small_data_overflow_reported = TRUE; - (*info->callbacks->einfo) ("%P: %s\n", msg); - } - if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow) - (info, NULL, name, howto->name, (bfd_vma) 0, - input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset))) - return FALSE; - } - break; - - case bfd_reloc_ok: - break; - - case bfd_reloc_outofrange: - if (jal_reloc_p (howto->type)) - { - msg = _("JALX to a non-word-aligned address"); - info->callbacks->warning - (info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset); - return FALSE; - } - if (aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (howto->type)) - { - msg = _("PC-relative load from unaligned address"); - info->callbacks->warning - (info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset); - return FALSE; - } - /* Fall through. */ - - default: - abort (); - break; - } - - /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going - until we reach the last one. */ - if (use_saved_addend_p) - { - addend = value; - continue; - } - - if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd)) - /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit - ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32; - that calculated the right value. Now, however, we - sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a - 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we - go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with - only a 32-bit VMA. */ - { - bfd_vma sign_bits; - bfd_vma low_bits; - bfd_vma high_bits; - - if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31)) -#ifdef BFD64 - sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1; -#else - sign_bits = -1; -#endif - else - sign_bits = 0; - - /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type, - do two separate stores. */ - if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd)) - { - /* Undo what we did above. */ - rel->r_offset -= 4; - /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant) - first. */ - low_bits = sign_bits; - high_bits = value; - } - else - { - low_bits = value; - high_bits = sign_bits; - } - bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits, - contents + rel->r_offset); - bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits, - contents + rel->r_offset + 4); - continue; - } - - /* Actually perform the relocation. */ - if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, value, - input_bfd, input_section, - contents, cross_mode_jump_p)) - return FALSE; - } - - return TRUE; -} - -/* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills - in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */ - -static int -mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot, void *data) -{ - struct mips_htab_traverse_info *hti; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub; - asection *s; - bfd_byte *loc; - bfd_vma offset, target, target_high, target_low; - - stub = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) *slot; - hti = (struct mips_htab_traverse_info *) data; - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (hti->info); - BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL); - - /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */ - s = stub->stub_section; - loc = s->contents; - if (loc == NULL) - { - loc = bfd_malloc (s->size); - if (loc == NULL) - { - hti->error = TRUE; - return FALSE; - } - s->contents = loc; - } - - /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */ - offset = stub->offset; - - /* Work out the target address. */ - target = mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub, &s); - target += s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset; - - target_high = ((target + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff; - target_low = (target & 0xffff); - - if (stub->stub_section != htab->strampoline) - { - /* This is a simple LUI/ADDIU stub. Zero out the beginning - of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */ - memset (loc, 0, offset); - loc += offset; - if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub->h->root.other)) - { - bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd, - LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high), - loc); - bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd, - LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low), - loc + 4); - } - else - { - bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI (target_high), loc); - bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU (target_low), loc + 4); - } - } - else - { - /* This is trampoline. */ - loc += offset; - if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub->h->root.other)) - { - bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd, - LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high), loc); - bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd, - LA25_J_MICROMIPS (target), loc + 4); - bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd, - LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low), loc + 8); - bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, 0, loc + 12); - } - else - { - bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI (target_high), loc); - bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_J (target), loc + 4); - bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU (target_low), loc + 8); - bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, 0, loc + 12); - } - } - return TRUE; -} - -/* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker, - adjust it appropriately now. */ - -static void -mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, - const char *name, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) -{ - /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for - these, but we must place them into the right sections. */ - static const char* const text_section_symbols[] = { - "_ftext", - "_etext", - "__dso_displacement", - "__elf_header", - "__program_header_table", - NULL - }; - - static const char* const data_section_symbols[] = { - "_fdata", - "_edata", - "_end", - "_fbss", - NULL - }; - - const char* const *p; - int i; - - for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i) - for (p = (i == 0) ? text_section_symbols : data_section_symbols; - *p; - ++p) - if (strcmp (*p, name) == 0) - { - /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the - IRIX6 linker. */ - sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION); - sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED; - - /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */ - if (i == 0) - sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT; - else - sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA; - - break; - } -} - -/* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various - dynamic sections here. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, - struct bfd_link_info *info, - struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, - Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) -{ - bfd *dynobj; - asection *sgot; - struct mips_got_info *g, *gg; - const char *name; - int idx; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL); - dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; - hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; - - BFD_ASSERT (!htab->is_vxworks); - - if (h->plt.plist != NULL - && (h->plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE - || h->plt.plist->comp_offset != MINUS_ONE)) - { - /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */ - bfd_byte *loc; - bfd_vma header_address, got_address; - bfd_vma got_address_high, got_address_low, load; - bfd_vma got_index; - bfd_vma isa_bit; - - got_index = h->plt.plist->gotplt_index; - - BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs); - BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1); - BFD_ASSERT (htab->splt != NULL); - BFD_ASSERT (got_index != MINUS_ONE); - BFD_ASSERT (!h->def_regular); - - /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */ - isa_bit = htab->plt_header_is_comp; - header_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma - + htab->splt->output_offset + isa_bit); - - /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */ - got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma - + htab->sgotplt->output_offset - + got_index * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj)); - - got_address_high = ((got_address + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff; - got_address_low = got_address & 0xffff; - - /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */ - loc = (htab->sgotplt->contents + got_index * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj)); - if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)) - bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, header_address, loc); - else - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, header_address, loc); - - /* Now handle the PLT itself. First the standard entry (the order - does not matter, we just have to pick one). */ - if (h->plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE) - { - const bfd_vma *plt_entry; - bfd_vma plt_offset; - - plt_offset = htab->plt_header_size + h->plt.plist->mips_offset; - - BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset <= htab->splt->size); - - /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */ - loc = htab->splt->contents + plt_offset; - - /* Pick the load opcode. */ - load = MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd); - - /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */ - - if (MIPSR6_P (output_bfd)) - plt_entry = mipsr6_exec_plt_entry; - else - plt_entry = mips_exec_plt_entry; - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | got_address_high, loc); - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | got_address_low | load, - loc + 4); - - if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd)) - { - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_low, loc + 8); - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12); - } - else - { - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 8); - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_low, - loc + 12); - } - } - - /* Now the compressed entry. They come after any standard ones. */ - if (h->plt.plist->comp_offset != MINUS_ONE) - { - bfd_vma plt_offset; - - plt_offset = (htab->plt_header_size + htab->plt_mips_offset - + h->plt.plist->comp_offset); - - BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset <= htab->splt->size); - - /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */ - loc = htab->splt->contents + plt_offset; - - /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */ - if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd)) - { - const bfd_vma *plt_entry = mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry; - - bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0], loc); - bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1], loc + 2); - bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 4); - bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 6); - bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 8); - bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 10); - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, got_address, loc + 12); - } - else if (htab->insn32) - { - const bfd_vma *plt_entry = micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry; - - bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0], loc); - bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, got_address_high, loc + 2); - bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 4); - bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, got_address_low, loc + 6); - bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 8); - bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 10); - bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 12); - bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, got_address_low, loc + 14); - } - else - { - const bfd_vma *plt_entry = micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry; - bfd_signed_vma gotpc_offset; - bfd_vma loc_address; - - BFD_ASSERT (got_address % 4 == 0); - - loc_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma - + htab->splt->output_offset + plt_offset); - gotpc_offset = got_address - ((loc_address | 3) ^ 3); - - /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */ - if (gotpc_offset + 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000) - { - (*_bfd_error_handler) - (_("%B: `%A' offset of %ld from `%A' " - "beyond the range of ADDIUPC"), - output_bfd, - htab->sgotplt->output_section, - htab->splt->output_section, - (long) gotpc_offset); - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error); - return FALSE; - } - bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, - plt_entry[0] | ((gotpc_offset >> 18) & 0x7f), loc); - bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, (gotpc_offset >> 2) & 0xffff, loc + 2); - bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 4); - bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 6); - bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 8); - bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 10); - } - } - - /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */ - mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd, htab->srelplt, - got_index - 2, h->dynindx, - R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT, got_address); - - /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by - giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the - flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the - binary where pointer equality matters. */ - sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; - if (h->pointer_equality_needed) - sym->st_other = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PLT (sym->st_other); - else - { - sym->st_value = 0; - sym->st_other = 0; - } - } - - if (h->plt.plist != NULL && h->plt.plist->stub_offset != MINUS_ONE) - { - /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */ - bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd); - unsigned int other = micromips_p ? STO_MICROMIPS : 0; - bfd_vma stub_size = htab->function_stub_size; - bfd_byte stub[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE]; - bfd_vma isa_bit = micromips_p; - bfd_vma stub_big_size; - - if (!micromips_p) - stub_big_size = MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE; - else if (htab->insn32) - stub_big_size = MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE; - else - stub_big_size = MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE; - - /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */ - - BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1); - - BFD_ASSERT (stub_size == stub_big_size || h->dynindx <= 0xffff); - - /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause - sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative - index value. */ - if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fffffff) - return FALSE; - - /* Fill the stub. */ - if (micromips_p) - { - idx = 0; - bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LW_MICROMIPS (output_bfd), - stub + idx); - idx += 4; - if (htab->insn32) - { - bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd, - STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS (output_bfd), - stub + idx); - idx += 4; - } - else - { - bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS, stub + idx); - idx += 2; - } - if (stub_size == stub_big_size) - { - long dynindx_hi = (h->dynindx >> 16) & 0x7fff; - - bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd, - STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS (dynindx_hi), - stub + idx); - idx += 4; - } - if (htab->insn32) - { - bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS, - stub + idx); - idx += 4; - } - else - { - bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS, stub + idx); - idx += 2; - } - - /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a - problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */ - if (stub_size == stub_big_size) - bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd, - STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS (h->dynindx & 0xffff), - stub + idx); - else if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fff) - bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd, - STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS (h->dynindx & 0xffff), - stub + idx); - else - bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd, - STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS (output_bfd, - h->dynindx), - stub + idx); - } - else - { - idx = 0; - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LW (output_bfd), stub + idx); - idx += 4; - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd), stub + idx); - idx += 4; - if (stub_size == stub_big_size) - { - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LUI ((h->dynindx >> 16) & 0x7fff), - stub + idx); - idx += 4; - } - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR, stub + idx); - idx += 4; - - /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a - problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */ - if (stub_size == stub_big_size) - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_ORI (h->dynindx & 0xffff), - stub + idx); - else if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fff) - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16U (h->dynindx & 0xffff), - stub + idx); - else - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd, h->dynindx), - stub + idx); - } - - BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.plist->stub_offset <= htab->sstubs->size); - memcpy (htab->sstubs->contents + h->plt.plist->stub_offset, - stub, stub_size); - - /* Mark the symbol as undefined. stub_offset != -1 occurs - only for the referenced symbol. */ - sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; - - /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol - to reset the global offset table entry for this external - to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */ - sym->st_value = (htab->sstubs->output_section->vma - + htab->sstubs->output_offset - + h->plt.plist->stub_offset - + isa_bit); - sym->st_other = other; - } - - /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must - refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling - conventions. */ - if (h->dynindx != -1 && hmips->fn_stub != NULL) - { - BFD_ASSERT (hmips->need_fn_stub); - sym->st_value = (hmips->fn_stub->output_section->vma - + hmips->fn_stub->output_offset); - sym->st_size = hmips->fn_stub->size; - sym->st_other = ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym->st_other); - } - - BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1 - || h->forced_local); - - sgot = htab->sgot; - g = htab->got_info; - BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL); - - /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all - the symbols that need them. */ - if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE) - { - bfd_vma offset; - bfd_vma value; - - value = sym->st_value; - offset = mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd, info, h); - MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, value, sgot->contents + offset); - } - - if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE && g->next) - { - struct mips_got_entry e, *p; - bfd_vma entry; - bfd_vma offset; - - gg = g; - - e.abfd = output_bfd; - e.symndx = -1; - e.d.h = hmips; - e.tls_type = GOT_TLS_NONE; - - for (g = g->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next) - { - if (g->got_entries - && (p = (struct mips_got_entry *) htab_find (g->got_entries, - &e))) - { - offset = p->gotidx; - BFD_ASSERT (offset > 0 && offset < htab->sgot->size); - if (info->shared - || (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created - && p->d.h != NULL - && p->d.h->root.def_dynamic - && !p->d.h->root.def_regular)) - { - /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to - the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock - up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave - mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the - appropriate addend. */ - Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3]; - - memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel)); - if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)) - rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_64); - else - rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_32); - rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset; - - entry = 0; - if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation - (output_bfd, info, rel, - e.d.h, NULL, sym->st_value, &entry, sgot))) - return FALSE; - } - else - entry = sym->st_value; - MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, entry, sgot->contents + offset); - } - } - } - - /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */ - name = h->root.root.string; - if (h == elf_hash_table (info)->hdynamic - || h == elf_hash_table (info)->hgot) - sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS; - else if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0 - || strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0) - { - sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS; - sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION); - sym->st_value = 1; - } - else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd)) - { - sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS; - sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION); - sym->st_value = elf_gp (output_bfd); - } - else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)) - { - if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0 - || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0) - { - sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION); - sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED; - sym->st_value = 0; - sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA; - } - else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0) - { - sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION); - sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED; - sym->st_value = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count; - sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS; - } - else if (sym->st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF && sym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS) - { - if (h->type == STT_FUNC) - sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT; - else if (h->type == STT_OBJECT) - sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA; - } - } - - /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */ - if (h->needs_copy) - { - asection *s; - bfd_vma symval; - - BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1); - BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs); - - s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE); - symval = (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma - + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset - + h->root.u.def.value); - mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd, s, s->reloc_count++, - h->dynindx, R_MIPS_COPY, symval); - } - - /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */ - if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix6) - mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd, name, sym); - - /* Keep dynamic compressed symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker - to treat compressed symbols like any other. */ - if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other)) - { - BFD_ASSERT (sym->st_value & 1); - sym->st_other -= STO_MIPS16; - } - else if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym->st_other)) - { - BFD_ASSERT (sym->st_value & 1); - sym->st_other -= STO_MICROMIPS; - } - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Likewise, for VxWorks. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, - struct bfd_link_info *info, - struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, - Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) -{ - bfd *dynobj; - asection *sgot; - struct mips_got_info *g; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL); - dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; - hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; - - if (h->plt.plist != NULL && h->plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE) - { - bfd_byte *loc; - bfd_vma plt_address, got_address, got_offset, branch_offset; - Elf_Internal_Rela rel; - static const bfd_vma *plt_entry; - bfd_vma gotplt_index; - bfd_vma plt_offset; - - plt_offset = htab->plt_header_size + h->plt.plist->mips_offset; - gotplt_index = h->plt.plist->gotplt_index; - - BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1); - BFD_ASSERT (htab->splt != NULL); - BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_index != MINUS_ONE); - BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset <= htab->splt->size); - - /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */ - plt_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma - + htab->splt->output_offset - + plt_offset); - - /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */ - got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma - + htab->sgotplt->output_offset - + gotplt_index * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd)); - - /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from - _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */ - got_offset = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, h); - - /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT - entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */ - branch_offset = -(plt_offset / 4 + 1) & 0xffff; - - /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */ - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_address, - (htab->sgotplt->contents - + gotplt_index * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd))); - - /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */ - loc = htab->splt->contents + plt_offset; - - if (info->shared) - { - plt_entry = mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry; - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | branch_offset, loc); - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | gotplt_index, loc + 4); - } - else - { - bfd_vma got_address_high, got_address_low; - - plt_entry = mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry; - got_address_high = ((got_address + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff; - got_address_low = got_address & 0xffff; - - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | branch_offset, loc); - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | gotplt_index, loc + 4); - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_high, loc + 8); - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3] | got_address_low, loc + 12); - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16); - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20); - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 24); - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], loc + 28); - - loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents - + (gotplt_index * 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); - - /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */ - rel.r_offset = got_address; - rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_MIPS_32); - rel.r_addend = plt_offset; - bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); - - /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */ - loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); - rel.r_offset = plt_address + 8; - rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16); - rel.r_addend = got_offset; - bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); - - /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */ - loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); - rel.r_offset += 4; - rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16); - bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); - } - - /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */ - loc = (htab->srelplt->contents - + gotplt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); - rel.r_offset = got_address; - rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT); - rel.r_addend = 0; - bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); - - if (!h->def_regular) - sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; - } - - BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1 || h->forced_local); - - sgot = htab->sgot; - g = htab->got_info; - BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL); - - /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */ - if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE) - { - bfd_vma offset; - Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; - bfd_byte *loc; - asection *s; - - /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */ - offset = mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd, info, h); - MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, sym->st_value, sgot->contents + offset); - - /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */ - s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE); - loc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); - outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma - + sgot->output_offset - + offset); - outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_32); - outrel.r_addend = 0; - bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj, &outrel, loc); - } - - /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */ - if (h->needs_copy) - { - Elf_Internal_Rela rel; - - BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1); - - rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma - + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset - + h->root.u.def.value); - rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_COPY); - rel.r_addend = 0; - bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, - htab->srelbss->contents - + (htab->srelbss->reloc_count - * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))); - ++htab->srelbss->reloc_count; - } - - /* If this is a mips16/microMIPS symbol, force the value to be even. */ - if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other)) - sym->st_value &= ~1; - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) -{ - bfd_byte *loc; - bfd_vma gotplt_value, gotplt_value_high, gotplt_value_low; - static const bfd_vma *plt_entry; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL); - - if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)) - plt_entry = mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry; - else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd)) - plt_entry = mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry; - else if (!htab->plt_header_is_comp) - plt_entry = mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry; - else if (htab->insn32) - plt_entry = micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry; - else - plt_entry = micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry; - - /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */ - gotplt_value = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma - + htab->sgotplt->output_offset); - gotplt_value_high = ((gotplt_value + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff; - gotplt_value_low = gotplt_value & 0xffff; - - /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can - not be loaded in two instructions. */ - BFD_ASSERT ((gotplt_value & ~(bfd_vma) 0x7fffffff) == 0 - || ~(gotplt_value | 0x7fffffff) == 0); - - /* Install the PLT header. */ - loc = htab->splt->contents; - if (plt_entry == micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry) - { - bfd_vma gotpc_offset; - bfd_vma loc_address; - size_t i; - - BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_value % 4 == 0); - - loc_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma - + htab->splt->output_offset); - gotpc_offset = gotplt_value - ((loc_address | 3) ^ 3); - - /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */ - if (gotpc_offset + 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000) - { - (*_bfd_error_handler) - (_("%B: `%A' offset of %ld from `%A' beyond the range of ADDIUPC"), - output_bfd, - htab->sgotplt->output_section, - htab->splt->output_section, - (long) gotpc_offset); - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error); - return FALSE; - } - bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, - plt_entry[0] | ((gotpc_offset >> 18) & 0x7f), loc); - bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, (gotpc_offset >> 2) & 0xffff, loc + 2); - for (i = 2; i < ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry); i++) - bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[i], loc + (i * 2)); - } - else if (plt_entry == micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry) - { - size_t i; - - bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0], loc); - bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, gotplt_value_high, loc + 2); - bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 4); - bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, gotplt_value_low, loc + 6); - bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 8); - bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, gotplt_value_low, loc + 10); - for (i = 6; i < ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry); i++) - bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[i], loc + (i * 2)); - } - else - { - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | gotplt_value_high, loc); - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | gotplt_value_low, loc + 4); - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | gotplt_value_low, loc + 8); - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12); - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16); - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20); - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 24); - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], loc + 28); - } - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the - contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */ - -static void -mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) -{ - Elf_Internal_Rela rela; - bfd_byte *loc; - bfd_vma got_value, got_value_high, got_value_low, plt_address; - static const bfd_vma *plt_entry; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL); - - plt_entry = mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry; - - /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */ - got_value = (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma - + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset - + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value); - - got_value_high = ((got_value + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff; - got_value_low = got_value & 0xffff; - - /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */ - plt_address = htab->splt->output_section->vma + htab->splt->output_offset; - - /* Install the PLT header. */ - loc = htab->splt->contents; - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | got_value_high, loc); - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | got_value_low, loc + 4); - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 8); - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12); - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16); - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20); - - /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */ - loc = htab->srelplt2->contents; - rela.r_offset = plt_address; - rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16); - rela.r_addend = 0; - bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc); - loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); - - /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of - %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */ - rela.r_offset += 4; - rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16); - bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc); - loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); - - /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong - symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order - in which symbols were output. */ - while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size) - { - Elf_Internal_Rela rel; - - bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel); - rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_MIPS_32); - bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); - loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); - - bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel); - rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16); - bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); - loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); - - bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel); - rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16); - bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); - loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); - } -} - -/* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */ - -static void -mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) -{ - unsigned int i; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL); - - /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */ - for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry); i++) - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[i], - htab->splt->contents + i * 4); -} - -/* Finish up the dynamic sections. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, - struct bfd_link_info *info) -{ - bfd *dynobj; - asection *sdyn; - asection *sgot; - struct mips_got_info *gg, *g; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL); - - dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; - - sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic"); - - sgot = htab->sgot; - gg = htab->got_info; - - if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) - { - bfd_byte *b; - int dyn_to_skip = 0, dyn_skipped = 0; - - BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL); - BFD_ASSERT (gg != NULL); - - g = mips_elf_bfd_got (output_bfd, FALSE); - BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL); - - for (b = sdyn->contents; - b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size; - b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj)) - { - Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; - const char *name; - size_t elemsize; - asection *s; - bfd_boolean swap_out_p; - - /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */ - (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn); - - /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */ - swap_out_p = TRUE; - - switch (dyn.d_tag) - { - case DT_RELENT: - dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj); - break; - - case DT_RELAENT: - BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks); - dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj); - break; - - case DT_STRSZ: - /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */ - dyn.d_un.d_val = - _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr); - break; - - case DT_PLTGOT: - s = htab->sgot; - dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset; - break; - - case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT: - s = htab->sgotplt; - dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset; - break; - - case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION: - dyn.d_un.d_val = 1; /* XXX */ - break; - - case DT_MIPS_FLAGS: - dyn.d_un.d_val = RHF_NOTPOT; /* XXX */ - break; - - case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP: - { - time_t t; - time (&t); - dyn.d_un.d_val = t; - } - break; - - case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM: - /* XXX FIXME: */ - swap_out_p = FALSE; - break; - - case DT_MIPS_IVERSION: - /* XXX FIXME: */ - swap_out_p = FALSE; - break; - - case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS: - s = output_bfd->sections; - BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); - dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff; - break; - - case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO: - dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno; - break; - - case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO: - /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the - entry of the first external symbol that is not - referenced within the same object. */ - dyn.d_un.d_val = bfd_count_sections (output_bfd) + 1; - break; - - case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM: - if (htab->global_gotsym) - { - dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->global_gotsym->dynindx; - break; - } - /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default - to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as - DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */ - - case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO: - name = ".dynsym"; - elemsize = MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd); - s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name); - BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); - - dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size / elemsize; - break; - - case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO: - dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno - htab->reserved_gotno; - break; - - case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP: - { - struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; - h = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_symbol; - if (!h) - { - dyn_to_skip = MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj); - swap_out_p = FALSE; - break; - } - s = h->root.u.def.section; - dyn.d_un.d_ptr = (s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset - + h->root.u.def.value); - } - break; - - case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS: - s = (bfd_get_section_by_name - (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd))); - dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma; - break; - - case DT_RELASZ: - BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks); - /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */ - if (htab->srelplt) - dyn.d_un.d_val -= htab->srelplt->size; - break; - - case DT_PLTREL: - BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs); - if (htab->is_vxworks) - dyn.d_un.d_val = DT_RELA; - else - dyn.d_un.d_val = DT_REL; - break; - - case DT_PLTRELSZ: - BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs); - dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->srelplt->size; - break; - - case DT_JMPREL: - BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs); - dyn.d_un.d_ptr = (htab->srelplt->output_section->vma - + htab->srelplt->output_offset); - break; - - case DT_TEXTREL: - /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete - the dynamic tag. */ - if (!(info->flags & DF_TEXTREL)) - { - dyn_to_skip = MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj); - swap_out_p = FALSE; - } - break; - - case DT_FLAGS: - /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear - DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */ - if (!(info->flags & DF_TEXTREL)) - dyn.d_un.d_val &= ~DF_TEXTREL; - else - swap_out_p = FALSE; - break; - - default: - swap_out_p = FALSE; - if (htab->is_vxworks - && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn)) - swap_out_p = TRUE; - break; - } - - if (swap_out_p || dyn_skipped) - (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out) - (dynobj, &dyn, b - dyn_skipped); - - if (dyn_to_skip) - { - dyn_skipped += dyn_to_skip; - dyn_to_skip = 0; - } - } - - /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */ - if (dyn_skipped > 0) - memset (b - dyn_skipped, 0, dyn_skipped); - } - - if (sgot != NULL && sgot->size > 0 - && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot->output_section)) - { - if (htab->is_vxworks) - { - /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the - ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the - loader and contains the shared library identifier. - The third is also initialized by the loader and points - to the lazy resolution stub. */ - MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, - sdyn->output_offset + sdyn->output_section->vma, - sgot->contents); - MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0, - sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd)); - MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0, - sgot->contents - + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd)); - } - else - { - /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at - runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders. - This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */ - MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents); - MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd), - sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd)); - } - - elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize - = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd); - } - - /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */ - if (gg != NULL && gg->next) - { - Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3]; - bfd_vma addend = 0; - - memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel)); - rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_REL32); - - for (g = gg->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next) - { - bfd_vma got_index = g->next->local_gotno + g->next->global_gotno - + g->next->tls_gotno; - - MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents - + got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd)); - MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd), - sgot->contents - + got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd)); - - if (! info->shared) - continue; - - for (; got_index < g->local_gotno; got_index++) - { - if (got_index >= g->assigned_low_gotno - && got_index <= g->assigned_high_gotno) - continue; - - rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset - = got_index * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd); - if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation - (output_bfd, info, rel, NULL, - bfd_abs_section_ptr, - 0, &addend, sgot))) - return FALSE; - BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0); - } - } - } - - /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots - adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until - here. */ - - if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) - { - bfd_byte *b; - bfd_boolean swap_out_p; - - BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL); - - for (b = sdyn->contents; - b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size; - b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj)) - { - Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; - asection *s; - - /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */ - (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn); - - /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */ - swap_out_p = TRUE; - - switch (dyn.d_tag) - { - case DT_RELSZ: - /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we - decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld, - which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there - are trailing null entries. */ - s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE); - dyn.d_un.d_val = (s->reloc_count - * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd) - ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel) - : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel))); - /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker - can reasonably expect the values to the same. */ - elf_section_data (s->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_size - = dyn.d_un.d_val; - break; - - default: - swap_out_p = FALSE; - break; - } - - if (swap_out_p) - (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out) - (dynobj, &dyn, b); - } - } - - { - asection *s; - Elf32_compact_rel cpt; - - if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)) - { - /* Write .compact_rel section out. */ - s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".compact_rel"); - if (s != NULL) - { - cpt.id1 = 1; - cpt.num = s->reloc_count; - cpt.id2 = 2; - cpt.offset = (s->output_section->filepos - + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel)); - cpt.reserved0 = 0; - cpt.reserved1 = 0; - bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd, &cpt, - ((Elf32_External_compact_rel *) - s->contents)); - - /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */ - if (htab->sstubs != NULL) - { - file_ptr dummy_offset; - - BFD_ASSERT (htab->sstubs->size >= htab->function_stub_size); - dummy_offset = htab->sstubs->size - htab->function_stub_size; - memset (htab->sstubs->contents + dummy_offset, 0, - htab->function_stub_size); - } - } - } - - /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in - increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require - this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA - relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */ - if (!htab->is_vxworks) - { - s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE); - if (s != NULL - && s->size > (bfd_vma)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd)) - { - reldyn_sorting_bfd = output_bfd; - - if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)) - qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1, - s->reloc_count - 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel), - sort_dynamic_relocs_64); - else - qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1, - s->reloc_count - 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel), - sort_dynamic_relocs); - } - } - } - - if (htab->splt && htab->splt->size > 0) - { - if (htab->is_vxworks) - { - if (info->shared) - mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd, info); - else - mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info); - } - else - { - BFD_ASSERT (!info->shared); - if (!mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info)) - return FALSE; - } - } - return TRUE; -} - - -/* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */ - -static void -mips_set_isa_flags (bfd *abfd) -{ - flagword val; - - switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd)) - { - default: - case bfd_mach_mips3000: - val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1; - break; - - case bfd_mach_mips3900: - val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1 | E_MIPS_MACH_3900; - break; - - case bfd_mach_mips6000: - val = E_MIPS_ARCH_2; - break; - - case bfd_mach_mips4000: - case bfd_mach_mips4300: - case bfd_mach_mips4400: - case bfd_mach_mips4600: - val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3; - break; - - case bfd_mach_mips4010: - val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4010; - break; - - case bfd_mach_mips4100: - val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4100; - break; - - case bfd_mach_mips4111: - val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4111; - break; - - case bfd_mach_mips4120: - val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4120; - break; - - case bfd_mach_mips4650: - val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4650; - break; - - case bfd_mach_mips5400: - val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5400; - break; - - case bfd_mach_mips5500: - val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5500; - break; - - case bfd_mach_mips5900: - val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_5900; - break; - - case bfd_mach_mips9000: - val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_9000; - break; - - case bfd_mach_mips5000: - case bfd_mach_mips7000: - case bfd_mach_mips8000: - case bfd_mach_mips10000: - case bfd_mach_mips12000: - case bfd_mach_mips14000: - case bfd_mach_mips16000: - val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4; - break; - - case bfd_mach_mips5: - val = E_MIPS_ARCH_5; - break; - - case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e: - val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E; - break; - - case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f: - val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F; - break; - - case bfd_mach_mips_sb1: - val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_SB1; - break; - - case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a: - val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A; - break; - - case bfd_mach_mips_octeon: - case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp: - val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON; - break; - - case bfd_mach_mips_xlr: - val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_XLR; - break; - - case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2: - val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2; - break; - - case bfd_mach_mipsisa32: - val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32; - break; - - case bfd_mach_mipsisa64: - val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64; - break; - - case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2: - case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3: - case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r5: - val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2; - break; - - case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2: - case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r3: - case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r5: - val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2; - break; - - case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6: - val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6; - break; - - case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6: - val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6; - break; - } - elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH); - elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags |= val; - -} - - -/* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object - file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine - number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */ - -void -_bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd, - bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) -{ - unsigned int i; - Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp; - const char *name; - asection *sec; - - /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former - is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used - a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */ - if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == 0) - mips_set_isa_flags (abfd); - - /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate - info for each special section. */ - for (i = 1, hdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1; - i < elf_numsections (abfd); - i++, hdrpp++) - { - switch ((*hdrpp)->sh_type) - { - case SHT_MIPS_MSYM: - case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST: - sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr"); - if (sec != NULL) - (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx; - break; - - case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB: - BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL); - name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section); - BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL - && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab.")); - sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1); - BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL); - (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx; - break; - - case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT: - BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL); - name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section); - BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL - && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content")); - sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, - name + sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1); - BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL); - (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx; - break; - - case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB: - sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym"); - if (sec != NULL) - (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx; - sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".liblist"); - if (sec != NULL) - (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx; - break; - - case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS: - BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL); - name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section); - BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL); - if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events")) - sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, - name + sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1); - else - { - BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel")); - sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, - (name - + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1)); - } - BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL); - (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx; - break; - - } - } -} - -/* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC - segments. */ - -int -_bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd, - struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) -{ - asection *s; - int ret = 0; - - /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */ - s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo"); - if (s && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD)) - ++ret; - - /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS segment. */ - if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".MIPS.abiflags")) - ++ret; - - /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */ - if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6 - && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, - MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd))) - ++ret; - - /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */ - if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5 - && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") - && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug")) - ++ret; - - /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See - _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */ - if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd) - && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic")) - ++ret; - - return ret; -} - -/* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd, - struct bfd_link_info *info) -{ - asection *s; - struct elf_segment_map *m, **pm; - bfd_size_type amt; - - /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO - segment. */ - s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo"); - if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) - { - for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next) - if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_REGINFO) - break; - if (m == NULL) - { - amt = sizeof *m; - m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); - if (m == NULL) - return FALSE; - - m->p_type = PT_MIPS_REGINFO; - m->count = 1; - m->sections[0] = s; - - /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */ - pm = &elf_seg_map (abfd); - while (*pm != NULL - && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR - || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP)) - pm = &(*pm)->next; - - m->next = *pm; - *pm = m; - } - } - - /* If there is a .MIPS.abiflags section, we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS - segment. */ - s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".MIPS.abiflags"); - if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) - { - for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next) - if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS) - break; - if (m == NULL) - { - amt = sizeof *m; - m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); - if (m == NULL) - return FALSE; - - m->p_type = PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS; - m->count = 1; - m->sections[0] = s; - - /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */ - pm = &elf_seg_map (abfd); - while (*pm != NULL - && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR - || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP)) - pm = &(*pm)->next; - - m->next = *pm; - *pm = m; - } - } - - /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but - .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a - PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header - table. */ - if (NEWABI_P (abfd) - /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment - for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this - is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right - now. */ - && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6) - { - for (s = abfd->sections; s; s = s->next) - if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS) - break; - - if (s) - { - struct elf_segment_map *options_segment; - - pm = &elf_seg_map (abfd); - while (*pm != NULL - && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR - || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP)) - pm = &(*pm)->next; - - if (*pm == NULL || (*pm)->p_type != PT_MIPS_OPTIONS) - { - amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); - options_segment = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); - options_segment->next = *pm; - options_segment->p_type = PT_MIPS_OPTIONS; - options_segment->p_flags = PF_R; - options_segment->p_flags_valid = TRUE; - options_segment->count = 1; - options_segment->sections[0] = s; - *pm = options_segment; - } - } - } - else - { - if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5) - { - /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room - for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */ - if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp") == NULL - && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL - && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug") != NULL) - { - for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next) - if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_RTPROC) - break; - if (m == NULL) - { - amt = sizeof *m; - m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); - if (m == NULL) - return FALSE; - - m->p_type = PT_MIPS_RTPROC; - - s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc"); - if (s == NULL) - { - m->count = 0; - m->p_flags = 0; - m->p_flags_valid = 1; - } - else - { - m->count = 1; - m->sections[0] = s; - } - - /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */ - pm = &elf_seg_map (abfd); - while (*pm != NULL && (*pm)->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC) - pm = &(*pm)->next; - if (*pm != NULL) - pm = &(*pm)->next; - - m->next = *pm; - *pm = m; - } - } - } - /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic, - .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in - between. */ - for (pm = &elf_seg_map (abfd); *pm != NULL; - pm = &(*pm)->next) - if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC) - break; - m = *pm; - /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section. - glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of - tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack - arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can - be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain - other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker, - which might move one of the other sections to a different - PT_LOAD segment. */ - if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) - && m != NULL - && m->count == 1 - && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") == 0) - { - static const char *sec_names[] = - { - ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash" - }; - bfd_vma low, high; - unsigned int i, c; - struct elf_segment_map *n; - - low = ~(bfd_vma) 0; - high = 0; - for (i = 0; i < sizeof sec_names / sizeof sec_names[0]; i++) - { - s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec_names[i]); - if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) - { - bfd_size_type sz; - - if (low > s->vma) - low = s->vma; - sz = s->size; - if (high < s->vma + sz) - high = s->vma + sz; - } - } - - c = 0; - for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) - if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 - && s->vma >= low - && s->vma + s->size <= high) - ++c; - - amt = sizeof *n + (bfd_size_type) (c - 1) * sizeof (asection *); - n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); - if (n == NULL) - return FALSE; - *n = *m; - n->count = c; - - i = 0; - for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) - { - if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 - && s->vma >= low - && s->vma + s->size <= high) - { - n->sections[i] = s; - ++i; - } - } - - *pm = n; - } - } - - /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools - like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry. - - If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its - standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into - the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires - .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often - start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header. - - Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a - writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program - header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections. - There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags, - so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural - extension. - - If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary - with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */ - if (info != NULL - && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd) - && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic")) - { - for (pm = &elf_seg_map (abfd); *pm != NULL; pm = &(*pm)->next) - if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_NULL) - break; - if (*pm == NULL) - { - m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*m)); - if (m == NULL) - return FALSE; - - m->p_type = PT_NULL; - *pm = m; - } - } - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given - relocation. */ - -asection * -_bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec, - struct bfd_link_info *info, - Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, - struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, - Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) -{ - /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */ - - if (h != NULL) - switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info)) - { - case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT: - case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY: - return NULL; - } - - return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym); -} - -/* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, - struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, - asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, - const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) -{ -#if 0 - Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; - struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; - bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts; - const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend; - unsigned long r_symndx; - struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; - - if (info->relocatable) - return TRUE; - - symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; - sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd); - local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd); - - relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count; - for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++) - switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info)) - { - case R_MIPS16_GOT16: - case R_MIPS16_CALL16: - case R_MIPS_GOT16: - case R_MIPS_CALL16: - case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16: - case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16: - case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16: - case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16: - case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP: - case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE: - case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST: - case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16: - case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16: - case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16: - case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16: - case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16: - case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16: - case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP: - case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE: - case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST: - /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort - of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries, - so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */ - break; - - default: - break; - } -#endif - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Prevent .MIPS.abiflags from being discarded with --gc-sections. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info *info, - elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook) -{ - bfd *sub; - - _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (info, gc_mark_hook); - - for (sub = info->input_bfds; sub != NULL; sub = sub->link_next) - { - asection *o; - - if (! is_mips_elf (sub)) - continue; - - for (o = sub->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) - if (!o->gc_mark - && MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P - (bfd_get_section_name (sub, o))) - { - if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info, o, gc_mark_hook)) - return FALSE; - } - } - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol, - hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation - information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let - _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */ - -void -_bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, - struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir, - struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind) -{ - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *dirmips, *indmips; - - _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind); - - dirmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir; - indmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind; - /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak - definition will be against the target symbol. */ - if (indmips->has_static_relocs) - dirmips->has_static_relocs = TRUE; - - if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect) - return; - - dirmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs += indmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs; - if (indmips->readonly_reloc) - dirmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE; - if (indmips->no_fn_stub) - dirmips->no_fn_stub = TRUE; - if (indmips->fn_stub) - { - dirmips->fn_stub = indmips->fn_stub; - indmips->fn_stub = NULL; - } - if (indmips->need_fn_stub) - { - dirmips->need_fn_stub = TRUE; - indmips->need_fn_stub = FALSE; - } - if (indmips->call_stub) - { - dirmips->call_stub = indmips->call_stub; - indmips->call_stub = NULL; - } - if (indmips->call_fp_stub) - { - dirmips->call_fp_stub = indmips->call_fp_stub; - indmips->call_fp_stub = NULL; - } - if (indmips->global_got_area < dirmips->global_got_area) - dirmips->global_got_area = indmips->global_got_area; - if (indmips->global_got_area < GGA_NONE) - indmips->global_got_area = GGA_NONE; - if (indmips->has_nonpic_branches) - dirmips->has_nonpic_branches = TRUE; -} - -#define PDR_SIZE 32 - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd *abfd, struct elf_reloc_cookie *cookie, - struct bfd_link_info *info) -{ - asection *o; - bfd_boolean ret = FALSE; - unsigned char *tdata; - size_t i, skip; - - o = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".pdr"); - if (! o) - return FALSE; - if (o->size == 0) - return FALSE; - if (o->size % PDR_SIZE != 0) - return FALSE; - if (o->output_section != NULL - && bfd_is_abs_section (o->output_section)) - return FALSE; - - tdata = bfd_zmalloc (o->size / PDR_SIZE); - if (! tdata) - return FALSE; - - cookie->rels = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL, - info->keep_memory); - if (!cookie->rels) - { - free (tdata); - return FALSE; - } - - cookie->rel = cookie->rels; - cookie->relend = cookie->rels + o->reloc_count; - - for (i = 0, skip = 0; i < o->size / PDR_SIZE; i ++) - { - if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i * PDR_SIZE, cookie)) - { - tdata[i] = 1; - skip ++; - } - } - - if (skip != 0) - { - mips_elf_section_data (o)->u.tdata = tdata; - o->size -= skip * PDR_SIZE; - ret = TRUE; - } - else - free (tdata); - - if (! info->keep_memory) - free (cookie->rels); - - return ret; -} - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection *sec) -{ - if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") == 0) - return TRUE; - return FALSE; -} - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd *output_bfd, - struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, - asection *sec, bfd_byte *contents) -{ - bfd_byte *to, *from, *end; - int i; - - if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") != 0) - return FALSE; - - if (mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata == NULL) - return FALSE; - - to = contents; - end = contents + sec->size; - for (from = contents, i = 0; - from < end; - from += PDR_SIZE, i++) - { - if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata)[i] == 1) - continue; - if (to != from) - memcpy (to, from, PDR_SIZE); - to += PDR_SIZE; - } - bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, sec->output_section, contents, - sec->output_offset, sec->size); - return TRUE; -} - -/* microMIPS code retains local labels for linker relaxation. Omit them - from output by default for clarity. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_is_target_special_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym) -{ - return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd, sym->name); -} - -/* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the - handle the ECOFF debugging information. */ - -struct mips_elf_find_line -{ - struct ecoff_debug_info d; - struct ecoff_find_line i; -}; - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd, asection *section, - asymbol **symbols, bfd_vma offset, - const char **filename_ptr, - const char **functionname_ptr, - unsigned int *line_ptr) -{ - asection *msec; - - if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, - filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, - line_ptr)) - return TRUE; - - if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, dwarf_debug_sections, - section, symbols, offset, - filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, - line_ptr, NULL, ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 8 : 0, - &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info)) - return TRUE; - - msec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug"); - if (msec != NULL) - { - flagword origflags; - struct mips_elf_find_line *fi; - const struct ecoff_debug_swap * const swap = - get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap; - - /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have - cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here - if appropriate (which it normally will be). */ - origflags = msec->flags; - if (elf_section_data (msec)->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) - msec->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; - - fi = mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info; - if (fi == NULL) - { - bfd_size_type external_fdr_size; - char *fraw_src; - char *fraw_end; - struct fdr *fdr_ptr; - bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line); - - fi = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); - if (fi == NULL) - { - msec->flags = origflags; - return FALSE; - } - - if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd, msec, &fi->d)) - { - msec->flags = origflags; - return FALSE; - } - - /* Swap in the FDR information. */ - amt = fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * sizeof (struct fdr); - fi->d.fdr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); - if (fi->d.fdr == NULL) - { - msec->flags = origflags; - return FALSE; - } - external_fdr_size = swap->external_fdr_size; - fdr_ptr = fi->d.fdr; - fraw_src = (char *) fi->d.external_fdr; - fraw_end = (fraw_src - + fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * external_fdr_size); - for (; fraw_src < fraw_end; fraw_src += external_fdr_size, fdr_ptr++) - (*swap->swap_fdr_in) (abfd, fraw_src, fdr_ptr); - - mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info = fi; - - /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information. - find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in - objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is - rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory - wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a - good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */ - } - - if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd, section, offset, &fi->d, swap, - &fi->i, filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, - line_ptr)) - { - msec->flags = origflags; - return TRUE; - } - - msec->flags = origflags; - } - - /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */ - - return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, - filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, - line_ptr); -} - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd, - const char **filename_ptr, - const char **functionname_ptr, - unsigned int *line_ptr) -{ - bfd_boolean found; - found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr, - functionname_ptr, line_ptr, - & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info); - return found; -} - - -/* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section, - remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the - GP value in the section_processing routine. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd, sec_ptr section, - const void *location, - file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type count) -{ - if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section->name)) - { - bfd_byte *c; - - if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL) - { - bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data); - section->used_by_bfd = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); - if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL) - return FALSE; - } - c = mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata; - if (c == NULL) - { - c = bfd_zalloc (abfd, section->size); - if (c == NULL) - return FALSE; - mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata = c; - } - - memcpy (c + offset, location, count); - } - - return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset, - count); -} - -/* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some - MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */ - -bfd_byte * -_bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents - (bfd *abfd, - struct bfd_link_info *link_info, - struct bfd_link_order *link_order, - bfd_byte *data, - bfd_boolean relocatable, - asymbol **symbols) -{ - /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */ - bfd *input_bfd = link_order->u.indirect.section->owner; - asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section; - bfd_size_type sz; - - long reloc_size = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd, input_section); - arelent **reloc_vector = NULL; - long reloc_count; - - if (reloc_size < 0) - goto error_return; - - reloc_vector = bfd_malloc (reloc_size); - if (reloc_vector == NULL && reloc_size != 0) - goto error_return; - - /* read in the section */ - sz = input_section->rawsize ? input_section->rawsize : input_section->size; - if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section, data, 0, sz)) - goto error_return; - - reloc_count = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd, - input_section, - reloc_vector, - symbols); - if (reloc_count < 0) - goto error_return; - - if (reloc_count > 0) - { - arelent **parent; - /* for mips */ - int gp_found; - bfd_vma gp = 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */ - - { - struct bfd_hash_entry *h; - struct bfd_link_hash_entry *lh; - /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */ - if (abfd && input_bfd - && abfd->xvec == input_bfd->xvec) - lh = 0; - else - { - h = bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info->hash->table, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE); - lh = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) h; - } - lookup: - if (lh) - { - switch (lh->type) - { - case bfd_link_hash_undefined: - case bfd_link_hash_undefweak: - case bfd_link_hash_common: - gp_found = 0; - break; - case bfd_link_hash_defined: - case bfd_link_hash_defweak: - gp_found = 1; - gp = lh->u.def.value; - break; - case bfd_link_hash_indirect: - case bfd_link_hash_warning: - lh = lh->u.i.link; - /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */ - goto lookup; - case bfd_link_hash_new: - default: - abort (); - } - } - else - gp_found = 0; - } - /* end mips */ - for (parent = reloc_vector; *parent != NULL; parent++) - { - char *error_message = NULL; - bfd_reloc_status_type r; - - /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require - knowing the gp of the output bfd. */ - asymbol *sym = *(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr; - - /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special - function for the relocation then go ahead, else default - to the generic handling. */ - if (gp_found - && (*parent)->howto->special_function - == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc) - r = _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd, sym, *parent, - input_section, relocatable, - data, gp); - else - r = bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd, *parent, data, - input_section, - relocatable ? abfd : NULL, - &error_message); - - if (relocatable) - { - asection *os = input_section->output_section; - - /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */ - os->orelocation[os->reloc_count] = *parent; - os->reloc_count++; - } - - if (r != bfd_reloc_ok) - { - switch (r) - { - case bfd_reloc_undefined: - if (!((*link_info->callbacks->undefined_symbol) - (link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr), - input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address, TRUE))) - goto error_return; - break; - case bfd_reloc_dangerous: - BFD_ASSERT (error_message != NULL); - if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous) - (link_info, error_message, input_bfd, input_section, - (*parent)->address))) - goto error_return; - break; - case bfd_reloc_overflow: - if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_overflow) - (link_info, NULL, - bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr), - (*parent)->howto->name, (*parent)->addend, - input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address))) - goto error_return; - break; - case bfd_reloc_outofrange: - default: - abort (); - break; - } - - } - } - } - if (reloc_vector != NULL) - free (reloc_vector); - return data; - -error_return: - if (reloc_vector != NULL) - free (reloc_vector); - return NULL; -} - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd, - asection *sec, bfd_vma addr, int count) -{ - Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; - unsigned int sec_shndx; - bfd_byte *contents; - Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend; - Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; - Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend; - struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; - struct elf_link_hash_entry **end_hashes; - struct elf_link_hash_entry **start_hashes; - unsigned int symcount; - - sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec); - contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents; - - irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; - irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count; - - /* Actually delete the bytes. */ - memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count, - (size_t) (sec->size - addr - count)); - sec->size -= count; - - /* Adjust all the relocs. */ - for (irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++) - { - /* Get the new reloc address. */ - if (irel->r_offset > addr) - irel->r_offset -= count; - } - - BFD_ASSERT (addr % 2 == 0); - BFD_ASSERT (count % 2 == 0); - - /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */ - symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; - isym = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents; - for (isymend = isym + symtab_hdr->sh_info; isym < isymend; isym++) - if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx && isym->st_value > addr) - isym->st_value -= count; - - /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */ - symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym) - - symtab_hdr->sh_info); - sym_hashes = start_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd); - end_hashes = sym_hashes + symcount; - - for (; sym_hashes < end_hashes; sym_hashes++) - { - struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = *sym_hashes; - - if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined - || sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) - && sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec) - { - bfd_vma value = sym_hash->root.u.def.value; - - if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym_hash->other)) - value &= MINUS_TWO; - if (value > addr) - sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count; - } - } - - return TRUE; -} - - -/* Opcodes needed for microMIPS relaxation as found in - opcodes/micromips-opc.c. */ - -struct opcode_descriptor { - unsigned long match; - unsigned long mask; -}; - -/* The $ra register aka $31. */ - -#define RA 31 - -/* 32-bit instruction format register fields. */ - -#define OP32_SREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f) -#define OP32_TREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 21) & 0x1f) - -/* Check if a 5-bit register index can be abbreviated to 3 bits. */ - -#define OP16_VALID_REG(r) \ - ((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) || (16 <= (r) && (r) <= 17)) - - -/* 32-bit and 16-bit branches. */ - -static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insns_32[] = { - { /* "b", "p", */ 0x40400000, 0xffff0000 }, /* bgez 0 */ - { /* "b", "p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffff0000 }, /* beq 0, 0 */ - { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */ -}; - -static const struct opcode_descriptor bc_insn_32 = - { /* "bc(1|2)(ft)", "N,p", */ 0x42800000, 0xfec30000 }; - -static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_32 = - { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 }; - -static const struct opcode_descriptor bzal_insn_32 = - { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 }; - -static const struct opcode_descriptor beq_insn_32 = - { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 }; - -static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insn_16 = - { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 }; - -static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_16 = - { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 }; - - -/* 32-bit and 16-bit branch EQ and NE zero. */ - -/* NOTE: All opcode tables have BEQ/BNE in the same order: first the - eq and second the ne. This convention is used when replacing a - 32-bit BEQ/BNE with the 16-bit version. */ - -#define BZC32_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 16) - -static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rs_insns_32[] = { - { /* "beqz", "s,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffe00000 }, - { /* "bnez", "s,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xffe00000 }, - { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */ -}; - -static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rt_insns_32[] = { - { /* "beqz", "t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xfc01f000 }, - { /* "bnez", "t,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xfc01f000 }, - { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */ -}; - -static const struct opcode_descriptor bzc_insns_32[] = { - { /* "beqzc", "s,p", */ 0x40e00000, 0xffe00000 }, - { /* "bnezc", "s,p", */ 0x40a00000, 0xffe00000 }, - { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */ -}; - -static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insns_16[] = { - { /* "beqz", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xfc00 }, - { /* "bnez", "md,mE", */ 0xac00, 0xfc00 }, - { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */ -}; - -/* Switch between a 5-bit register index and its 3-bit shorthand. */ - -#define BZ16_REG(opcode) ((((((opcode) >> 7) & 7) + 0x1e) & 0x17) + 2) -#define BZ16_REG_FIELD(r) \ - (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 7) - - -/* 32-bit instructions with a delay slot. */ - -static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd16 = - { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 }; - -static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd32 = - { /* "jal", "a", */ 0xf4000000, 0xfc000000 }; - -static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_x_insn_32_bd32 = - { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 }; - -static const struct opcode_descriptor j_insn_32 = - { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 }; - -static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_32 = - { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff }; - -/* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */ - -static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd16[] = { - { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 }, - - { /* "jalrs[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00004f3c, 0xfc00efff }, - { /* "b(ge|lt)zals", "s,p", */ 0x42200000, 0xffa00000 }, - - { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 }, - { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 }, - { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 }, - { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */ -}; - -/* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */ - -static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd32[] = { - { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 }, - - { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff }, - { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 }, - { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */ -}; - - -/* 16-bit instructions with a delay slot. */ - -static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd16 = - { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 }; - -static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd32 = - { /* "jalr", "my,mj", */ 0x45c0, 0xffe0 }; - -static const struct opcode_descriptor jr_insn_16 = - { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 }; - -#define JR16_REG(opcode) ((opcode) & 0x1f) - -/* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */ - -static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_16_bd16[] = { - { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 }, - - { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 }, - { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 }, - { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 }, - { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */ -}; - - -/* LUI instruction. */ - -static const struct opcode_descriptor lui_insn = - { /* "lui", "s,u", */ 0x41a00000, 0xffe00000 }; - - -/* ADDIU instruction. */ - -static const struct opcode_descriptor addiu_insn = - { /* "addiu", "t,r,j", */ 0x30000000, 0xfc000000 }; - -static const struct opcode_descriptor addiupc_insn = - { /* "addiu", "mb,$pc,mQ", */ 0x78000000, 0xfc000000 }; - -#define ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD(r) \ - (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 23) - - -/* Relaxable instructions in a JAL delay slot: MOVE. */ - -/* The 16-bit move has rd in 9:5 and rs in 4:0. The 32-bit moves - (ADDU, OR) have rd in 15:11 and rs in 10:16. */ -#define MOVE32_RD(opcode) (((opcode) >> 11) & 0x1f) -#define MOVE32_RS(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f) - -#define MOVE16_RD_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 5) -#define MOVE16_RS_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) ) - -static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insns_32[] = { - { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000150, 0xffe007ff }, /* addu d,s,$0 */ - { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000290, 0xffe007ff }, /* or d,s,$0 */ - { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */ -}; - -static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insn_16 = - { /* "move", "mp,mj", */ 0x0c00, 0xfc00 }; - - -/* NOP instructions. */ - -static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_32 = - { /* "nop", "", */ 0x00000000, 0xffffffff }; - -static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_16 = - { /* "nop", "", */ 0x0c00, 0xffff }; - - -/* Instruction match support. */ - -#define MATCH(opcode, insn) ((opcode & insn.mask) == insn.match) - -static int -find_match (unsigned long opcode, const struct opcode_descriptor insn[]) -{ - unsigned long indx; - - for (indx = 0; insn[indx].mask != 0; indx++) - if (MATCH (opcode, insn[indx])) - return indx; - - return -1; -} - - -/* Branch and delay slot decoding support. */ - -/* If PTR points to what *might* be a 16-bit branch or jump, then - return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0. - Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against - the second half of another instruction. */ - -static int -check_br16_dslot (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr) -{ - unsigned long opcode; - int bdsize; - - opcode = bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr); - if (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd32) != 0) - /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */ - bdsize = 4; - else if (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd16) != 0 - || find_match (opcode, ds_insns_16_bd16) >= 0) - /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */ - bdsize = 2; - else - /* No delay slot. */ - bdsize = 0; - - return bdsize; -} - -/* If PTR points to what *might* be a 32-bit branch or jump, then - return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0. - Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against - the second half of another instruction. */ - -static int -check_br32_dslot (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr) -{ - unsigned long opcode; - int bdsize; - - opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr); - if (find_match (opcode, ds_insns_32_bd32) >= 0) - /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */ - bdsize = 4; - else if (find_match (opcode, ds_insns_32_bd16) >= 0) - /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */ - bdsize = 2; - else - /* No delay slot. */ - bdsize = 0; - - return bdsize; -} - -/* If PTR points to a 16-bit branch or jump with a 32-bit delay slot - that doesn't fiddle with REG, then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */ - -static bfd_boolean -check_br16 (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr, unsigned long reg) -{ - unsigned long opcode; - - opcode = bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr); - if (MATCH (opcode, b_insn_16) - /* B16 */ - || (MATCH (opcode, jr_insn_16) && reg != JR16_REG (opcode)) - /* JR16 */ - || (MATCH (opcode, bz_insn_16) && reg != BZ16_REG (opcode)) - /* BEQZ16, BNEZ16 */ - || (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd32) - /* JALR16 */ - && reg != JR16_REG (opcode) && reg != RA)) - return TRUE; - - return FALSE; -} - -/* If PTR points to a 32-bit branch or jump that doesn't fiddle with REG, - then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */ - -static bfd_boolean -check_br32 (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr, unsigned long reg) -{ - unsigned long opcode; - - opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr); - if (MATCH (opcode, j_insn_32) - /* J */ - || MATCH (opcode, bc_insn_32) - /* BC1F, BC1T, BC2F, BC2T */ - || (MATCH (opcode, jal_x_insn_32_bd32) && reg != RA) - /* JAL, JALX */ - || (MATCH (opcode, bz_insn_32) && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode)) - /* BGEZ, BGTZ, BLEZ, BLTZ */ - || (MATCH (opcode, bzal_insn_32) - /* BGEZAL, BLTZAL */ - && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode) && reg != RA) - || ((MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_32) || MATCH (opcode, beq_insn_32)) - /* JALR, JALR.HB, BEQ, BNE */ - && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode) && reg != OP32_TREG (opcode))) - return TRUE; - - return FALSE; -} - -/* If the instruction encoding at PTR and relocations [INTERNAL_RELOCS, - IRELEND) at OFFSET indicate that there must be a compact branch there, - then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */ - -static bfd_boolean -check_relocated_bzc (bfd *abfd, const bfd_byte *ptr, bfd_vma offset, - const Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs, - const Elf_Internal_Rela *irelend) -{ - const Elf_Internal_Rela *irel; - unsigned long opcode; - - opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr); - if (find_match (opcode, bzc_insns_32) < 0) - return FALSE; - - for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++) - if (irel->r_offset == offset - && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1) - return TRUE; - - return FALSE; -} - -/* Bitsize checking. */ -#define IS_BITSIZE(val, N) \ - (((((val) & ((1ULL << (N)) - 1)) ^ (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) \ - - (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) == (val)) - - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, - struct bfd_link_info *link_info, - bfd_boolean *again) -{ - bfd_boolean insn32 = mips_elf_hash_table (link_info)->insn32; - Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; - Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs; - Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend; - bfd_byte *contents = NULL; - Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL; - - /* Assume nothing changes. */ - *again = FALSE; - - /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if - this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a - code section. */ - - if (link_info->relocatable - || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0 - || sec->reloc_count == 0 - || (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0) - return TRUE; - - symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; - - /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */ - internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs - (abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, - link_info->keep_memory)); - if (internal_relocs == NULL) - goto error_return; - - /* Walk through them looking for relaxing opportunities. */ - irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count; - for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++) - { - unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info); - unsigned int r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info); - bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p; - unsigned long opcode; - bfd_vma symval; - bfd_vma pcrval; - bfd_byte *ptr; - int fndopc; - - /* The number of bytes to delete for relaxation and from where - to delete these bytes starting at irel->r_offset. */ - int delcnt = 0; - int deloff = 0; - - /* If this isn't something that can be relaxed, then ignore - this reloc. */ - if (r_type != R_MICROMIPS_HI16 - && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 - && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_26_S1) - continue; - - /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */ - if (contents == NULL) - { - /* Get cached copy if it exists. */ - if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL) - contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents; - /* Go get them off disk. */ - else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents)) - goto error_return; - } - ptr = contents + irel->r_offset; - - /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */ - if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0) - { - isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents; - if (isymbuf == NULL) - isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, - symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0, - NULL, NULL, NULL); - if (isymbuf == NULL) - goto error_return; - } - - /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */ - if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) - { - /* A local symbol. */ - Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; - asection *sym_sec; - - isym = isymbuf + r_symndx; - if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF) - sym_sec = bfd_und_section_ptr; - else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS) - sym_sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr; - else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON) - sym_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr; - else - sym_sec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx); - symval = (isym->st_value - + sym_sec->output_section->vma - + sym_sec->output_offset); - target_is_micromips_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (isym->st_other); - } - else - { - unsigned long indx; - struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; - - /* An external symbol. */ - indx = r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info; - h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx]; - BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL); - - if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined - && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak) - /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined - symbol. Just ignore it -- it will be caught by the - regular reloc processing. */ - continue; - - symval = (h->root.u.def.value - + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma - + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset); - target_is_micromips_code_p = (!h->needs_plt - && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->other)); - } - - - /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the - section contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol - table. We must tell the rest of the code not to free up this - information. It would be possible to instead create a table - of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c; - that would be more work, but would require less memory when - the linker is run. */ - - /* Only 32-bit instructions relaxed. */ - if (irel->r_offset + 4 > sec->size) - continue; - - opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr); - - /* This is the pc-relative distance from the instruction the - relocation is applied to, to the symbol referred. */ - pcrval = (symval - - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset) - - irel->r_offset); - - /* R_MICROMIPS_HI16 / LUI relaxation to nil, performing relaxation - of corresponding R_MICROMIPS_LO16 to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16 or - R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2. The R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2 condition is - - (symval % 4 == 0 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval, 25)) - - where pcrval has first to be adjusted to apply against the LO16 - location (we make the adjustment later on, when we have figured - out the offset). */ - if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16 && MATCH (opcode, lui_insn)) - { - bfd_boolean bzc = FALSE; - unsigned long nextopc; - unsigned long reg; - bfd_vma offset; - - /* Give up if the previous reloc was a HI16 against this symbol - too. */ - if (irel > internal_relocs - && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[-1].r_info) == R_MICROMIPS_HI16 - && ELF32_R_SYM (irel[-1].r_info) == r_symndx) - continue; - - /* Or if the next reloc is not a LO16 against this symbol. */ - if (irel + 1 >= irelend - || ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[1].r_info) != R_MICROMIPS_LO16 - || ELF32_R_SYM (irel[1].r_info) != r_symndx) - continue; - - /* Or if the second next reloc is a LO16 against this symbol too. */ - if (irel + 2 >= irelend - && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[2].r_info) == R_MICROMIPS_LO16 - && ELF32_R_SYM (irel[2].r_info) == r_symndx) - continue; - - /* See if the LUI instruction *might* be in a branch delay slot. - We check whether what looks like a 16-bit branch or jump is - actually an immediate argument to a compact branch, and let - it through if so. */ - if (irel->r_offset >= 2 - && check_br16_dslot (abfd, ptr - 2) - && !(irel->r_offset >= 4 - && (bzc = check_relocated_bzc (abfd, - ptr - 4, irel->r_offset - 4, - internal_relocs, irelend)))) - continue; - if (irel->r_offset >= 4 - && !bzc - && check_br32_dslot (abfd, ptr - 4)) - continue; - - reg = OP32_SREG (opcode); - - /* We only relax adjacent instructions or ones separated with - a branch or jump that has a delay slot. The branch or jump - must not fiddle with the register used to hold the address. - Subtract 4 for the LUI itself. */ - offset = irel[1].r_offset - irel[0].r_offset; - switch (offset - 4) - { - case 0: - break; - case 2: - if (check_br16 (abfd, ptr + 4, reg)) - break; - continue; - case 4: - if (check_br32 (abfd, ptr + 4, reg)) - break; - continue; - default: - continue; - } - - nextopc = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, contents + irel[1].r_offset); - - /* Give up unless the same register is used with both - relocations. */ - if (OP32_SREG (nextopc) != reg) - continue; - - /* Now adjust pcrval, subtracting the offset to the LO16 reloc - and rounding up to take masking of the two LSBs into account. */ - pcrval = ((pcrval - offset + 3) | 3) ^ 3; - - /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16. */ - if (IS_BITSIZE (symval, 16)) - { - /* Fix the relocation's type. */ - irel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16); - - /* Instructions using R_MICROMIPS_LO16 have the base or - source register in bits 20:16. This register becomes $0 - (zero) as the result of the R_MICROMIPS_HI16 being 0. */ - nextopc &= ~0x001f0000; - bfd_put_16 (abfd, (nextopc >> 16) & 0xffff, - contents + irel[1].r_offset); - } - - /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 / ADDIU relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2. - We add 4 to take LUI deletion into account while checking - the PC-relative distance. */ - else if (symval % 4 == 0 - && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval + 4, 25) - && MATCH (nextopc, addiu_insn) - && OP32_TREG (nextopc) == OP32_SREG (nextopc) - && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (nextopc))) - { - /* Fix the relocation's type. */ - irel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2); - - /* Replace ADDIU with the ADDIUPC version. */ - nextopc = (addiupc_insn.match - | ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD (OP32_TREG (nextopc))); - - bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd, nextopc, - contents + irel[1].r_offset); - } - - /* Can't do anything, give up, sigh... */ - else - continue; - - /* Fix the relocation's type. */ - irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MIPS_NONE); - - /* Delete the LUI instruction: 4 bytes at irel->r_offset. */ - delcnt = 4; - deloff = 0; - } - - /* Compact branch relaxation -- due to the multitude of macros - employed by the compiler/assembler, compact branches are not - always generated. Obviously, this can/will be fixed elsewhere, - but there is no drawback in double checking it here. */ - else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 - && irel->r_offset + 5 < sec->size - && ((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rs_insns_32)) >= 0 - || (fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rt_insns_32)) >= 0) - && ((!insn32 - && (delcnt = MATCH (bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr + 4), - nop_insn_16) ? 2 : 0)) - || (irel->r_offset + 7 < sec->size - && (delcnt = MATCH (bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, - ptr + 4), - nop_insn_32) ? 4 : 0)))) - { - unsigned long reg; - - reg = OP32_SREG (opcode) ? OP32_SREG (opcode) : OP32_TREG (opcode); - - /* Replace BEQZ/BNEZ with the compact version. */ - opcode = (bzc_insns_32[fndopc].match - | BZC32_REG_FIELD (reg) - | (opcode & 0xffff)); /* Addend value. */ - - bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd, opcode, ptr); - - /* Delete the delay slot NOP: two or four bytes from - irel->offset + 4; delcnt has already been set above. */ - deloff = 4; - } - - /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1. We need - to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */ - else if (!insn32 - && r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 - && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval - 2, 11) - && find_match (opcode, b_insns_32) >= 0) - { - /* Fix the relocation's type. */ - irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1); - - /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */ - bfd_put_16 (abfd, - (b_insn_16.match - | (opcode & 0x3ff)), /* Addend value. */ - ptr); - - /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */ - delcnt = 2; - deloff = 2; - } - - /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1. We need - to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */ - else if (!insn32 - && r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 - && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval - 2, 8) - && (((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rs_insns_32)) >= 0 - && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_SREG (opcode))) - || ((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rt_insns_32)) >= 0 - && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (opcode))))) - { - unsigned long reg; - - reg = OP32_SREG (opcode) ? OP32_SREG (opcode) : OP32_TREG (opcode); - - /* Fix the relocation's type. */ - irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1); - - /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */ - bfd_put_16 (abfd, - (bz_insns_16[fndopc].match - | BZ16_REG_FIELD (reg) - | (opcode & 0x7f)), /* Addend value. */ - ptr); - - /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */ - delcnt = 2; - deloff = 2; - } - - /* R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 -- JAL to JALS relaxation for microMIPS targets. */ - else if (!insn32 - && r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 - && target_is_micromips_code_p - && irel->r_offset + 7 < sec->size - && MATCH (opcode, jal_insn_32_bd32)) - { - unsigned long n32opc; - bfd_boolean relaxed = FALSE; - - n32opc = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr + 4); - - if (MATCH (n32opc, nop_insn_32)) - { - /* Replace delay slot 32-bit NOP with a 16-bit NOP. */ - bfd_put_16 (abfd, nop_insn_16.match, ptr + 4); - - relaxed = TRUE; - } - else if (find_match (n32opc, move_insns_32) >= 0) - { - /* Replace delay slot 32-bit MOVE with 16-bit MOVE. */ - bfd_put_16 (abfd, - (move_insn_16.match - | MOVE16_RD_FIELD (MOVE32_RD (n32opc)) - | MOVE16_RS_FIELD (MOVE32_RS (n32opc))), - ptr + 4); - - relaxed = TRUE; - } - /* Other 32-bit instructions relaxable to 16-bit - instructions will be handled here later. */ - - if (relaxed) - { - /* JAL with 32-bit delay slot that is changed to a JALS - with 16-bit delay slot. */ - bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd, jal_insn_32_bd16.match, ptr); - - /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 6. */ - delcnt = 2; - deloff = 6; - } - } - - if (delcnt != 0) - { - /* Note that we've changed the relocs, section contents, etc. */ - elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs; - elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents; - symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf; - - /* Delete bytes depending on the delcnt and deloff. */ - if (!mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, - irel->r_offset + deloff, delcnt)) - goto error_return; - - /* That will change things, so we should relax again. - Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */ - *again = TRUE; - } - } - - if (isymbuf != NULL - && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf) - { - if (! link_info->keep_memory) - free (isymbuf); - else - { - /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */ - symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf; - } - } - - if (contents != NULL - && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) - { - if (! link_info->keep_memory) - free (contents); - else - { - /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */ - elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents; - } - } - - if (internal_relocs != NULL - && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs) - free (internal_relocs); - - return TRUE; - - error_return: - if (isymbuf != NULL - && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf) - free (isymbuf); - if (contents != NULL - && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) - free (contents); - if (internal_relocs != NULL - && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs) - free (internal_relocs); - - return FALSE; -} - -/* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */ - -struct bfd_link_hash_table * -_bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd) -{ - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *ret; - bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table); - - ret = bfd_zmalloc (amt); - if (ret == NULL) - return NULL; - - if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd, - mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc, - sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry), - MIPS_ELF_DATA)) - { - free (ret); - return NULL; - } - ret->root.init_plt_refcount.plist = NULL; - ret->root.init_plt_offset.plist = NULL; - - return &ret->root.root; -} - -/* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */ - -struct bfd_link_hash_table * -_bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd) -{ - struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret; - - ret = _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd); - if (ret) - { - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - - htab = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ret; - htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = TRUE; - htab->is_vxworks = TRUE; - } - return ret; -} - -/* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs - and copy relocs. */ - -void -_bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info) -{ - mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = TRUE; -} - -/* A function that the linker calls to select between all or only - 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */ - -void -_bfd_mips_elf_insn32 (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_boolean on) -{ - mips_elf_hash_table (info)->insn32 = on; -} - -/* Return the .MIPS.abiflags value representing each ISA Extension. */ - -unsigned int -bfd_mips_isa_ext (bfd *abfd) -{ - switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd)) - { - case bfd_mach_mips3900: - return AFL_EXT_3900; - case bfd_mach_mips4010: - return AFL_EXT_4010; - case bfd_mach_mips4100: - return AFL_EXT_4100; - case bfd_mach_mips4111: - return AFL_EXT_4111; - case bfd_mach_mips4120: - return AFL_EXT_4120; - case bfd_mach_mips4650: - return AFL_EXT_4650; - case bfd_mach_mips5400: - return AFL_EXT_5400; - case bfd_mach_mips5500: - return AFL_EXT_5500; - case bfd_mach_mips5900: - return AFL_EXT_5900; - case bfd_mach_mips10000: - return AFL_EXT_10000; - case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e: - return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E; - case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f: - return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F; - case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a: - return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A; - case bfd_mach_mips_sb1: - return AFL_EXT_SB1; - case bfd_mach_mips_octeon: - return AFL_EXT_OCTEON; - case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp: - return AFL_EXT_OCTEONP; - case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2: - return AFL_EXT_OCTEON2; - case bfd_mach_mips_xlr: - return AFL_EXT_XLR; - } - return 0; -} - -/* Update the isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields of abiflags. */ - -static void -update_mips_abiflags_isa (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 *abiflags) -{ - switch (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) - { - case E_MIPS_ARCH_1: - abiflags->isa_level = 1; - abiflags->isa_rev = 0; - break; - case E_MIPS_ARCH_2: - abiflags->isa_level = 2; - abiflags->isa_rev = 0; - break; - case E_MIPS_ARCH_3: - abiflags->isa_level = 3; - abiflags->isa_rev = 0; - break; - case E_MIPS_ARCH_4: - abiflags->isa_level = 4; - abiflags->isa_rev = 0; - break; - case E_MIPS_ARCH_5: - abiflags->isa_level = 5; - abiflags->isa_rev = 0; - break; - case E_MIPS_ARCH_32: - abiflags->isa_level = 32; - abiflags->isa_rev = 1; - break; - case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2: - abiflags->isa_level = 32; - /* Handle MIPS32r3 and MIPS32r5 which do not have a header flag. */ - if (abiflags->isa_rev < 2) - abiflags->isa_rev = 2; - break; - case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6: - abiflags->isa_level = 32; - abiflags->isa_rev = 6; - break; - case E_MIPS_ARCH_64: - abiflags->isa_level = 64; - abiflags->isa_rev = 1; - break; - case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2: - /* Handle MIPS64r3 and MIPS64r5 which do not have a header flag. */ - abiflags->isa_level = 64; - if (abiflags->isa_rev < 2) - abiflags->isa_rev = 2; - break; - case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6: - abiflags->isa_level = 64; - abiflags->isa_rev = 6; - break; - default: - (*_bfd_error_handler) - (_("%B: Unknown architecture %s"), - abfd, bfd_printable_name (abfd)); - } - - abiflags->isa_ext = bfd_mips_isa_ext (abfd); -} - -/* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags) -{ - return ((flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE) != 0 - || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32 - || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32 - || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1 - || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2 - || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32 - || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2 - || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6); -} - -/* Infer the content of the ABI flags based on the elf header. */ - -static void -infer_mips_abiflags (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0* abiflags) -{ - obj_attribute *in_attr; - - memset (abiflags, 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0)); - update_mips_abiflags_isa (abfd, abiflags); - - if (mips_32bit_flags_p (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags)) - abiflags->gpr_size = AFL_REG_32; - else - abiflags->gpr_size = AFL_REG_64; - - abiflags->cpr1_size = AFL_REG_NONE; - - in_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (abfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU]; - abiflags->fp_abi = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i; - - if (abiflags->fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE - || abiflags->fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX - || (abiflags->fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE - && abiflags->gpr_size == AFL_REG_32)) - abiflags->cpr1_size = AFL_REG_32; - else if (abiflags->fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE - || abiflags->fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64 - || abiflags->fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A) - abiflags->cpr1_size = AFL_REG_64; - - abiflags->cpr2_size = AFL_REG_NONE; - - if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX) - abiflags->ases |= AFL_ASE_MDMX; - if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16) - abiflags->ases |= AFL_ASE_MIPS16; - if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS) - abiflags->ases |= AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS; - - if (abiflags->fp_abi != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY - && abiflags->fp_abi != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT - && abiflags->fp_abi != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A) - abiflags->flags1 |= AFL_FLAGS1_ODDSPREG; -} - -/* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and - the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these - sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) -{ - asection *o; - struct bfd_link_order *p; - asection *reginfo_sec, *mdebug_sec, *gptab_data_sec, *gptab_bss_sec; - asection *rtproc_sec, *abiflags_sec; - Elf32_RegInfo reginfo; - struct ecoff_debug_info debug; - struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti; - const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); - const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap = bed->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap; - HDRR *symhdr = &debug.symbolic_header; - void *mdebug_handle = NULL; - asection *s; - EXTR esym; - unsigned int i; - bfd_size_type amt; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - - static const char * const secname[] = - { - ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data", - ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss" - }; - static const int sc[] = - { - scText, scInit, scFini, scData, - scRData, scSData, scSBss, scBss - }; - - /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after - those without. */ - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL); - - if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd, info)) - return FALSE; - - /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */ - hti.info = info; - hti.output_bfd = abfd; - hti.error = FALSE; - htab_traverse (htab->la25_stubs, mips_elf_create_la25_stub, &hti); - if (hti.error) - return FALSE; - - /* Get a value for the GP register. */ - if (elf_gp (abfd) == 0) - { - struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h; - - h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); - if (h != NULL && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined) - elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.value - + h->u.def.section->output_section->vma - + h->u.def.section->output_offset); - else if (htab->is_vxworks - && (h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, - "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", - FALSE, FALSE, TRUE)) - && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined) - elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.section->output_section->vma - + h->u.def.section->output_offset - + h->u.def.value); - else if (info->relocatable) - { - bfd_vma lo = MINUS_ONE; - - /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */ - for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) - if (o->vma < lo - && (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_MIPS_GPREL)) - lo = o->vma; - - /* And calculate GP relative to that. */ - elf_gp (abfd) = lo + ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info); - } - else - { - /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc - involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous - callback to warn that GP is not defined. */ - } - } - - /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug - information. */ - abiflags_sec = NULL; - reginfo_sec = NULL; - mdebug_sec = NULL; - gptab_data_sec = NULL; - gptab_bss_sec = NULL; - for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) - { - if (strcmp (o->name, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0) - { - /* We have found the .MIPS.abiflags section in the output file. - Look through all the link_orders comprising it and remove them. - The data is merged in _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data. */ - for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next) - { - asection *input_section; - - if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order) - { - if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order) - continue; - abort (); - } - - input_section = p->u.indirect.section; - - /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that - elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */ - input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; - } - - /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */ - BFD_ASSERT(o->size == sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0)); - - /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently - matters, but someday it might). */ - o->map_head.link_order = NULL; - - abiflags_sec = o; - } - - if (strcmp (o->name, ".reginfo") == 0) - { - memset (®info, 0, sizeof reginfo); - - /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file. - Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge - the information together. */ - for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next) - { - asection *input_section; - bfd *input_bfd; - Elf32_External_RegInfo ext; - Elf32_RegInfo sub; - - if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order) - { - if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order) - continue; - abort (); - } - - input_section = p->u.indirect.section; - input_bfd = input_section->owner; - - if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section, - &ext, 0, sizeof ext)) - return FALSE; - - bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd, &ext, &sub); - - reginfo.ri_gprmask |= sub.ri_gprmask; - reginfo.ri_cprmask[0] |= sub.ri_cprmask[0]; - reginfo.ri_cprmask[1] |= sub.ri_cprmask[1]; - reginfo.ri_cprmask[2] |= sub.ri_cprmask[2]; - reginfo.ri_cprmask[3] |= sub.ri_cprmask[3]; - - /* ri_gp_value is set by the function - mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is - finally written out. */ - - /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that - elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */ - input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; - } - - /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */ - BFD_ASSERT(o->size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo)); - - /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently - matters, but someday it might). */ - o->map_head.link_order = NULL; - - reginfo_sec = o; - } - - if (strcmp (o->name, ".mdebug") == 0) - { - struct extsym_info einfo; - bfd_vma last; - - /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file. - Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge - the information together. */ - symhdr->magic = swap->sym_magic; - /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */ - symhdr->vstamp = 0; - symhdr->ilineMax = 0; - symhdr->cbLine = 0; - symhdr->idnMax = 0; - symhdr->ipdMax = 0; - symhdr->isymMax = 0; - symhdr->ioptMax = 0; - symhdr->iauxMax = 0; - symhdr->issMax = 0; - symhdr->issExtMax = 0; - symhdr->ifdMax = 0; - symhdr->crfd = 0; - symhdr->iextMax = 0; - - /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the - debug_info structure. */ - debug.line = NULL; - debug.external_dnr = NULL; - debug.external_pdr = NULL; - debug.external_sym = NULL; - debug.external_opt = NULL; - debug.external_aux = NULL; - debug.ss = NULL; - debug.ssext = debug.ssext_end = NULL; - debug.external_fdr = NULL; - debug.external_rfd = NULL; - debug.external_ext = debug.external_ext_end = NULL; - - mdebug_handle = bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd, &debug, swap, info); - if (mdebug_handle == NULL) - return FALSE; - - esym.jmptbl = 0; - esym.cobol_main = 0; - esym.weakext = 0; - esym.reserved = 0; - esym.ifd = ifdNil; - esym.asym.iss = issNil; - esym.asym.st = stLocal; - esym.asym.reserved = 0; - esym.asym.index = indexNil; - last = 0; - for (i = 0; i < sizeof (secname) / sizeof (secname[0]); i++) - { - esym.asym.sc = sc[i]; - s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, secname[i]); - if (s != NULL) - { - esym.asym.value = s->vma; - last = s->vma + s->size; - } - else - esym.asym.value = last; - if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd, &debug, swap, - secname[i], &esym)) - return FALSE; - } - - for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next) - { - asection *input_section; - bfd *input_bfd; - const struct ecoff_debug_swap *input_swap; - struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug; - char *eraw_src; - char *eraw_end; - - if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order) - { - if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order) - continue; - abort (); - } - - input_section = p->u.indirect.section; - input_bfd = input_section->owner; - - if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd)) - { - /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be - doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really - want to deal with it. */ - continue; - } - - input_swap = (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd) - ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap); - - BFD_ASSERT (p->size == input_section->size); - - /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already - read in the debugging information and set up an - ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */ - if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd, input_section, - &input_debug)) - return FALSE; - - if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate - (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, input_bfd, - &input_debug, input_swap, info))) - return FALSE; - - /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with - interesting information, try to find the symbol in - the linker global hash table and save the information - for the output external symbols. */ - eraw_src = input_debug.external_ext; - eraw_end = (eraw_src - + (input_debug.symbolic_header.iextMax - * input_swap->external_ext_size)); - for (; - eraw_src < eraw_end; - eraw_src += input_swap->external_ext_size) - { - EXTR ext; - const char *name; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h; - - (*input_swap->swap_ext_in) (input_bfd, eraw_src, &ext); - if (ext.asym.sc == scNil - || ext.asym.sc == scUndefined - || ext.asym.sc == scSUndefined) - continue; - - name = input_debug.ssext + ext.asym.iss; - h = mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info), - name, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); - if (h == NULL || h->esym.ifd != -2) - continue; - - if (ext.ifd != -1) - { - BFD_ASSERT (ext.ifd - < input_debug.symbolic_header.ifdMax); - ext.ifd = input_debug.ifdmap[ext.ifd]; - } - - h->esym = ext; - } - - /* Free up the information we just read. */ - free (input_debug.line); - free (input_debug.external_dnr); - free (input_debug.external_pdr); - free (input_debug.external_sym); - free (input_debug.external_opt); - free (input_debug.external_aux); - free (input_debug.ss); - free (input_debug.ssext); - free (input_debug.external_fdr); - free (input_debug.external_rfd); - free (input_debug.external_ext); - - /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that - elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */ - input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; - } - - if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && info->shared) - { - /* Create .rtproc section. */ - rtproc_sec = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rtproc"); - if (rtproc_sec == NULL) - { - flagword flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY - | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY); - - rtproc_sec = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, - ".rtproc", - flags); - if (rtproc_sec == NULL - || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, rtproc_sec, 4)) - return FALSE; - } - - if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle, abfd, - info, rtproc_sec, - &debug)) - return FALSE; - } - - /* Build the external symbol information. */ - einfo.abfd = abfd; - einfo.info = info; - einfo.debug = &debug; - einfo.swap = swap; - einfo.failed = FALSE; - mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info), - mips_elf_output_extsym, &einfo); - if (einfo.failed) - return FALSE; - - /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */ - o->size = bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd, &debug, swap); - - /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently - matters, but someday it might). */ - o->map_head.link_order = NULL; - - mdebug_sec = o; - } - - if (CONST_STRNEQ (o->name, ".gptab.")) - { - const char *subname; - unsigned int c; - Elf32_gptab *tab; - Elf32_External_gptab *ext_tab; - unsigned int j; - - /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold - information describing how the small data area would - change depending upon the -G switch. These sections - not used in executables files. */ - if (! info->relocatable) - { - for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next) - { - asection *input_section; - - if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order) - { - if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order) - continue; - abort (); - } - - input_section = p->u.indirect.section; - - /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that - elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */ - input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; - } - - /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this - currently matters, but someday it might). */ - o->map_head.link_order = NULL; - - /* Really remove the section. */ - bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, o); - --abfd->section_count; - - continue; - } - - /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for - uninitialized data. */ - if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sdata") == 0) - gptab_data_sec = o; - else if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sbss") == 0) - gptab_bss_sec = o; - else - { - (*_bfd_error_handler) - (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"), - bfd_get_filename (abfd), o->name); - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section); - return FALSE; - } - - /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and - .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for - .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is - no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which - case we must change the name of the output section. */ - subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1; - if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) == NULL) - { - if (o == gptab_data_sec) - o->name = ".gptab.data"; - else - o->name = ".gptab.bss"; - subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1; - BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) != NULL); - } - - /* Set up the first entry. */ - c = 1; - amt = c * sizeof (Elf32_gptab); - tab = bfd_malloc (amt); - if (tab == NULL) - return FALSE; - tab[0].gt_header.gt_current_g_value = elf_gp_size (abfd); - tab[0].gt_header.gt_unused = 0; - - /* Combine the input sections. */ - for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next) - { - asection *input_section; - bfd *input_bfd; - bfd_size_type size; - unsigned long last; - bfd_size_type gpentry; - - if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order) - { - if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order) - continue; - abort (); - } - - input_section = p->u.indirect.section; - input_bfd = input_section->owner; - - /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one - by one. We know that the input gptab entries are - sorted by ascending -G value. */ - size = input_section->size; - last = 0; - for (gpentry = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab); - gpentry < size; - gpentry += sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab)) - { - Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab; - Elf32_gptab int_gptab; - unsigned long val; - unsigned long add; - bfd_boolean exact; - unsigned int look; - - if (! (bfd_get_section_contents - (input_bfd, input_section, &ext_gptab, gpentry, - sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab)))) - { - free (tab); - return FALSE; - } - - bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd, &ext_gptab, - &int_gptab); - val = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_g_value; - add = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes - last; - - exact = FALSE; - for (look = 1; look < c; look++) - { - if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value >= val) - tab[look].gt_entry.gt_bytes += add; - - if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value == val) - exact = TRUE; - } - - if (! exact) - { - Elf32_gptab *new_tab; - unsigned int max; - - /* We need a new table entry. */ - amt = (bfd_size_type) (c + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab); - new_tab = bfd_realloc (tab, amt); - if (new_tab == NULL) - { - free (tab); - return FALSE; - } - tab = new_tab; - tab[c].gt_entry.gt_g_value = val; - tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes = add; - - /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G - value, since that will be implied by this new - value. */ - max = 0; - for (look = 1; look < c; look++) - { - if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value < val - && (max == 0 - || (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value - > tab[max].gt_entry.gt_g_value))) - max = look; - } - if (max != 0) - tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes += - tab[max].gt_entry.gt_bytes; - - ++c; - } - - last = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes; - } - - /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that - elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */ - input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; - } - - /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */ - if (c > 2) - qsort (tab + 1, c - 1, sizeof (tab[0]), gptab_compare); - - /* Swap out the table. */ - amt = (bfd_size_type) c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab); - ext_tab = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); - if (ext_tab == NULL) - { - free (tab); - return FALSE; - } - - for (j = 0; j < c; j++) - bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd, tab + j, ext_tab + j); - free (tab); - - o->size = c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab); - o->contents = (bfd_byte *) ext_tab; - - /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently - matters, but someday it might). */ - o->map_head.link_order = NULL; - } - } - - /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */ - if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd, info)) - return FALSE; - - /* Now write out the computed sections. */ - - if (abiflags_sec != NULL) - { - Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext; - Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 *abiflags; - - abiflags = &mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags; - - /* Set up the abiflags if no valid input sections were found. */ - if (!mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags_valid) - { - infer_mips_abiflags (abfd, abiflags); - mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags_valid = TRUE; - } - bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (abfd, abiflags, &ext); - if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, abiflags_sec, &ext, 0, sizeof ext)) - return FALSE; - } - - if (reginfo_sec != NULL) - { - Elf32_External_RegInfo ext; - - bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd, ®info, &ext); - if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, reginfo_sec, &ext, 0, sizeof ext)) - return FALSE; - } - - if (mdebug_sec != NULL) - { - BFD_ASSERT (abfd->output_has_begun); - if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, - swap, info, - mdebug_sec->filepos)) - return FALSE; - - bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, info); - } - - if (gptab_data_sec != NULL) - { - if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_data_sec, - gptab_data_sec->contents, - 0, gptab_data_sec->size)) - return FALSE; - } - - if (gptab_bss_sec != NULL) - { - if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_bss_sec, - gptab_bss_sec->contents, - 0, gptab_bss_sec->size)) - return FALSE; - } - - if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)) - { - rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc"); - if (rtproc_sec != NULL) - { - if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, rtproc_sec, - rtproc_sec->contents, - 0, rtproc_sec->size)) - return FALSE; - } - } - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */ - -struct mips_mach_extension -{ - unsigned long extension, base; -}; - - -/* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries - are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */ - -static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions[] = -{ - /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */ - { bfd_mach_mips_octeon2, bfd_mach_mips_octeonp }, - { bfd_mach_mips_octeonp, bfd_mach_mips_octeon }, - { bfd_mach_mips_octeon, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2 }, - { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2 }, - - /* MIPS64 extensions. */ - { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 }, - { bfd_mach_mips_sb1, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 }, - { bfd_mach_mips_xlr, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 }, - - /* MIPS V extensions. */ - { bfd_mach_mipsisa64, bfd_mach_mips5 }, - - /* R10000 extensions. */ - { bfd_mach_mips12000, bfd_mach_mips10000 }, - { bfd_mach_mips14000, bfd_mach_mips10000 }, - { bfd_mach_mips16000, bfd_mach_mips10000 }, - - /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core - vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems - better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since - many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add - some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */ - { bfd_mach_mips5500, bfd_mach_mips5400 }, - { bfd_mach_mips5400, bfd_mach_mips5000 }, - - /* MIPS IV extensions. */ - { bfd_mach_mips5, bfd_mach_mips8000 }, - { bfd_mach_mips10000, bfd_mach_mips8000 }, - { bfd_mach_mips5000, bfd_mach_mips8000 }, - { bfd_mach_mips7000, bfd_mach_mips8000 }, - { bfd_mach_mips9000, bfd_mach_mips8000 }, - - /* VR4100 extensions. */ - { bfd_mach_mips4120, bfd_mach_mips4100 }, - { bfd_mach_mips4111, bfd_mach_mips4100 }, - - /* MIPS III extensions. */ - { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e, bfd_mach_mips4000 }, - { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f, bfd_mach_mips4000 }, - { bfd_mach_mips8000, bfd_mach_mips4000 }, - { bfd_mach_mips4650, bfd_mach_mips4000 }, - { bfd_mach_mips4600, bfd_mach_mips4000 }, - { bfd_mach_mips4400, bfd_mach_mips4000 }, - { bfd_mach_mips4300, bfd_mach_mips4000 }, - { bfd_mach_mips4100, bfd_mach_mips4000 }, - { bfd_mach_mips4010, bfd_mach_mips4000 }, - { bfd_mach_mips5900, bfd_mach_mips4000 }, - - /* MIPS32 extensions. */ - { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa32 }, - - /* MIPS II extensions. */ - { bfd_mach_mips4000, bfd_mach_mips6000 }, - { bfd_mach_mipsisa32, bfd_mach_mips6000 }, - - /* MIPS I extensions. */ - { bfd_mach_mips6000, bfd_mach_mips3000 }, - { bfd_mach_mips3900, bfd_mach_mips3000 } -}; - - -/* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base, unsigned long extension) -{ - size_t i; - - if (extension == base) - return TRUE; - - if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32 - && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64, extension)) - return TRUE; - - if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2 - && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, extension)) - return TRUE; - - for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions); i++) - if (extension == mips_mach_extensions[i].extension) - { - extension = mips_mach_extensions[i].base; - if (extension == base) - return TRUE; - } - - return FALSE; -} - - -/* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if - there are conflicting attributes. */ -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) -{ - obj_attribute *in_attr; - obj_attribute *out_attr; - bfd *abi_fp_bfd; - bfd *abi_msa_bfd; - - abi_fp_bfd = mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_fp_bfd; - in_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU]; - if (!abi_fp_bfd && in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY) - mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_fp_bfd = ibfd; - - abi_msa_bfd = mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_msa_bfd; - if (!abi_msa_bfd - && in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY) - mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_msa_bfd = ibfd; - - if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i) - { - /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */ - _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd); - - /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been - initialized. */ - elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i = 1; - - return TRUE; - } - - /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge - non-conflicting ones. */ - out_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU]; - if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i != out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i) - { - int out_fp, in_fp; - - out_fp = out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i; - in_fp = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i; - out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].type = 1; - if (out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY) - out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i = in_fp; - else if (out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX - && (in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE - || in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64 - || in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A)) - { - mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_fp_bfd = ibfd; - out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i; - } - else if (in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX - && (out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE - || out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64 - || out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A)) - /* Keep the current setting. */; - else if (out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A - && in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64) - { - mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_fp_bfd = ibfd; - out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i; - } - else if (in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A - && out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64) - /* Keep the current setting. */; - else if (in_fp != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY) - { - const char *out_string, *in_string; - - out_string = _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (out_fp); - in_string = _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (in_fp); - /* First warn about cases involving unrecognised ABIs. */ - if (!out_string && !in_string) - _bfd_error_handler - (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d " - "(set by %B), %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"), - obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, out_fp, in_fp); - else if (!out_string) - _bfd_error_handler - (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d " - "(set by %B), %B uses %s"), - obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, out_fp, in_string); - else if (!in_string) - _bfd_error_handler - (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), " - "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"), - obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, out_string, in_fp); - else - { - /* If one of the bfds is soft-float, the other must be - hard-float. The exact choice of hard-float ABI isn't - really relevant to the error message. */ - if (in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT) - out_string = "-mhard-float"; - else if (out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT) - in_string = "-mhard-float"; - _bfd_error_handler - (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"), - obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, out_string, in_string); - } - } - } - - /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attributes and merge - non-conflicting ones. */ - if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i != out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i) - { - out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].type = 1; - if (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY) - out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i; - else if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY) - switch (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i) - { - case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128: - _bfd_error_handler - (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), " - "%B uses unknown MSA ABI %d"), - obfd, abi_msa_bfd, ibfd, - "-mmsa", in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i); - break; - - default: - switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i) - { - case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128: - _bfd_error_handler - (_("Warning: %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d " - "(set by %B), %B uses %s"), - obfd, abi_msa_bfd, ibfd, - out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i, "-mmsa"); - break; - - default: - _bfd_error_handler - (_("Warning: %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d " - "(set by %B), %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d"), - obfd, abi_msa_bfd, ibfd, - out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i, - in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i); - break; - } - } - } - - /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */ - _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, obfd); - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output - object file when linking. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) -{ - flagword old_flags; - flagword new_flags; - bfd_boolean ok; - bfd_boolean null_input_bfd = TRUE; - asection *sec; - obj_attribute *out_attr; - - /* Check if we have the same endianness. */ - if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, obfd)) - { - (*_bfd_error_handler) - (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"), - ibfd); - return FALSE; - } - - if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd) || !is_mips_elf (obfd)) - return TRUE; - - if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd), bfd_get_target (obfd)) != 0) - { - (*_bfd_error_handler) - (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"), - ibfd); - return FALSE; - } - - /* Set up the FP ABI attribute from the abiflags if it is not already - set. */ - if (mips_elf_tdata (ibfd)->abiflags_valid) - { - obj_attribute *in_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU]; - if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY) - in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i = - mips_elf_tdata (ibfd)->abiflags.fp_abi; - } - - if (!mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd)) - return FALSE; - - /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections. - If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot - actually cause any incompatibility. */ - for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) - { - /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections - which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake - (s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does - not affect compatibility. */ - if ((sec->flags & SEC_IS_COMMON) == 0 - && strcmp (sec->name, ".reginfo") - && strcmp (sec->name, ".mdebug") - && (sec->size != 0 - || (strcmp (sec->name, ".text") - && strcmp (sec->name, ".data") - && strcmp (sec->name, ".bss")))) - { - null_input_bfd = FALSE; - break; - } - } - if (null_input_bfd) - return TRUE; - - /* Populate abiflags using existing information. */ - if (!mips_elf_tdata (ibfd)->abiflags_valid) - { - infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd, &mips_elf_tdata (ibfd)->abiflags); - mips_elf_tdata (ibfd)->abiflags_valid = TRUE; - } - else - { - Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags; - Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 in_abiflags; - infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd, &abiflags); - in_abiflags = mips_elf_tdata (ibfd)->abiflags; - - /* It is not possible to infer the correct ISA revision - for R3 or R5 so drop down to R2 for the checks. */ - if (in_abiflags.isa_rev == 3 || in_abiflags.isa_rev == 5) - in_abiflags.isa_rev = 2; - - if (in_abiflags.isa_level != abiflags.isa_level - || in_abiflags.isa_rev != abiflags.isa_rev - || in_abiflags.isa_ext != abiflags.isa_ext) - (*_bfd_error_handler) - (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ISA between e_flags and " - ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd); - if (abiflags.fp_abi != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY - && in_abiflags.fp_abi != abiflags.fp_abi) - (*_bfd_error_handler) - (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent FP ABI between e_flags and " - ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd); - if ((in_abiflags.ases & abiflags.ases) != abiflags.ases) - (*_bfd_error_handler) - (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ASEs between e_flags and " - ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd); - if (in_abiflags.isa_ext != abiflags.isa_ext) - (*_bfd_error_handler) - (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ISA extensions between e_flags and " - ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd); - if (in_abiflags.flags2 != 0) - (*_bfd_error_handler) - (_("%B: warning: Unexpected flag in the flags2 field of " - ".MIPS.abiflags (0x%lx)"), ibfd, - (unsigned long) in_abiflags.flags2); - } - - if (!mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags_valid) - { - /* Copy input abiflags if output abiflags are not already valid. */ - mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags = mips_elf_tdata (ibfd)->abiflags; - mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags_valid = TRUE; - } - - if (! elf_flags_init (obfd)) - { - elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE; - elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags; - elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] - = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]; - - if (bfd_get_arch (obfd) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd) - && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd)->the_default - || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd), - bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))) - { - if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_get_arch (ibfd), - bfd_get_mach (ibfd))) - return FALSE; - - /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev and isa_ext fields. */ - update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd, &mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags); - } - - return TRUE; - } - - /* Update the output abiflags fp_abi using the computed fp_abi. */ - out_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU]; - mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags.fp_abi = out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i; - -#define max(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) - /* Merge abiflags. */ - mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags.isa_rev - = max (mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags.isa_rev, - mips_elf_tdata (ibfd)->abiflags.isa_rev); - mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags.gpr_size - = max (mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags.gpr_size, - mips_elf_tdata (ibfd)->abiflags.gpr_size); - mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags.cpr1_size - = max (mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags.cpr1_size, - mips_elf_tdata (ibfd)->abiflags.cpr1_size); - mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags.cpr2_size - = max (mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags.cpr2_size, - mips_elf_tdata (ibfd)->abiflags.cpr2_size); -#undef max - mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags.ases - |= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd)->abiflags.ases; - mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags.flags1 - |= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd)->abiflags.flags1; - - new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags; - elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER; - old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags; - - /* Check flag compatibility. */ - - new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER; - old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER; - - /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It - doesn't seem to matter. */ - new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT; - old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT; - - /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should - just be able to ignore this. */ - new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE; - old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE; - - /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */ - if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0) - new_flags |= EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC; - - if (new_flags == old_flags) - return TRUE; - - ok = TRUE; - - if (((new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0) - != ((old_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0)) - { - (*_bfd_error_handler) - (_("%B: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"), - ibfd); - ok = TRUE; - } - - if (new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) - elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_MIPS_CPIC; - if (! (new_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC)) - elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_PIC; - - new_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC); - old_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC); - - /* Compare the ISAs. */ - if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags)) - { - (*_bfd_error_handler) - (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"), - ibfd); - ok = FALSE; - } - else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd), bfd_get_mach (obfd))) - { - /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */ - if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd), bfd_get_mach (ibfd))) - { - /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy - the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise - OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */ - bfd_set_arch_info (obfd, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd)); - elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH); - elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags - |= new_flags & (EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE); - - /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields. */ - update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd, &mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags); - - /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them - and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */ - if ((old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == 0 - && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags) - && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags & ~EF_MIPS_ABI)) - elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI; - } - else - { - /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */ - (*_bfd_error_handler) - (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"), - ibfd, - bfd_printable_name (ibfd), - bfd_printable_name (obfd)); - ok = FALSE; - } - } - - new_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE); - old_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE); - - /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it - does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */ - if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) - || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] - != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS])) - { - /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */ - if (((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) && (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)) - || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] - != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS])) - { - (*_bfd_error_handler) - (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"), - ibfd, - elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd), - elf_mips_abi_name (obfd)); - ok = FALSE; - } - new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI; - old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI; - } - - /* Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together - and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union). */ - if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE)) - { - int old_micro = old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS; - int new_micro = new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS; - int old_m16 = old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16; - int new_m16 = new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16; - int micro_mis = old_m16 && new_micro; - int m16_mis = old_micro && new_m16; - - if (m16_mis || micro_mis) - { - (*_bfd_error_handler) - (_("%B: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"), - ibfd, - m16_mis ? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS", - m16_mis ? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16"); - ok = FALSE; - } - - elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE; - - new_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE; - old_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE; - } - - /* Compare NaN encodings. */ - if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_NAN2008) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_NAN2008)) - { - _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"), - ibfd, - (new_flags & EF_MIPS_NAN2008 - ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"), - (old_flags & EF_MIPS_NAN2008 - ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy")); - ok = FALSE; - new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008; - old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008; - } - - /* Compare FP64 state. */ - if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_FP64) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_FP64)) - { - _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"), - ibfd, - (new_flags & EF_MIPS_FP64 - ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"), - (old_flags & EF_MIPS_FP64 - ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32")); - ok = FALSE; - new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_FP64; - old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_FP64; - } - - /* Warn about any other mismatches */ - if (new_flags != old_flags) - { - (*_bfd_error_handler) - (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"), - ibfd, (unsigned long) new_flags, - (unsigned long) old_flags); - ok = FALSE; - } - - if (! ok) - { - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); - return FALSE; - } - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags) -{ - BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd) - || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags); - - elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags; - elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE; - return TRUE; -} - -char * -_bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag) -{ - switch (dtag) - { - default: return ""; - case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION: - return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION"; - case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP: - return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP"; - case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM: - return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM"; - case DT_MIPS_IVERSION: - return "MIPS_IVERSION"; - case DT_MIPS_FLAGS: - return "MIPS_FLAGS"; - case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS: - return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS"; - case DT_MIPS_MSYM: - return "MIPS_MSYM"; - case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT: - return "MIPS_CONFLICT"; - case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST: - return "MIPS_LIBLIST"; - case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO: - return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO"; - case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO: - return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO"; - case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO: - return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO"; - case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO: - return "MIPS_SYMTABNO"; - case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO: - return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO"; - case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM: - return "MIPS_GOTSYM"; - case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO: - return "MIPS_HIPAGENO"; - case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP: - return "MIPS_RLD_MAP"; - case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS: - return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS"; - case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO: - return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO"; - case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE: - return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE"; - case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO: - return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO"; - case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC: - return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC"; - case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO: - return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO"; - case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM: - return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM"; - case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO: - return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO"; - case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM: - return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM"; - case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO: - return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO"; - case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS: - return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS"; - case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT: - return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT"; - case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB: - return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB"; - case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX: - return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX"; - case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX: - return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX"; - case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX: - return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX"; - case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX: - return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX"; - case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS: - return "MIPS_OPTIONS"; - case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE: - return "MIPS_INTERFACE"; - case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN: - return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN"; - case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE: - return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE"; - case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR: - return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR"; - case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX: - return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX"; - case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE: - return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE"; - case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE: - return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE"; - case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC: - return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC"; - case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT: - return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT"; - case DT_MIPS_RWPLT: - return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT"; - } -} - -/* Return the meaning of Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP value FP, or null if - not known. */ - -const char * -_bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (int fp) -{ - switch (fp) - { - /* These strings aren't translated because they're simply - option lists. */ - case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE: - return "-mdouble-float"; - - case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE: - return "-msingle-float"; - - case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT: - return "-msoft-float"; - - case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64: - return _("-mips32r2 -mfp64 (12 callee-saved)"); - - case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX: - return "-mfpxx"; - - case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64: - return "-mgp32 -mfp64"; - - case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A: - return "-mgp32 -mfp64 -mno-odd-spreg"; - - default: - return 0; - } -} - -static void -print_mips_ases (FILE *file, unsigned int mask) -{ - if (mask & AFL_ASE_DSP) - fputs ("\n\tDSP ASE", file); - if (mask & AFL_ASE_DSPR2) - fputs ("\n\tDSP R2 ASE", file); - if (mask & AFL_ASE_EVA) - fputs ("\n\tEnhanced VA Scheme", file); - if (mask & AFL_ASE_MCU) - fputs ("\n\tMCU (MicroController) ASE", file); - if (mask & AFL_ASE_MDMX) - fputs ("\n\tMDMX ASE", file); - if (mask & AFL_ASE_MIPS3D) - fputs ("\n\tMIPS-3D ASE", file); - if (mask & AFL_ASE_MT) - fputs ("\n\tMT ASE", file); - if (mask & AFL_ASE_SMARTMIPS) - fputs ("\n\tSmartMIPS ASE", file); - if (mask & AFL_ASE_VIRT) - fputs ("\n\tVZ ASE", file); - if (mask & AFL_ASE_MSA) - fputs ("\n\tMSA ASE", file); - if (mask & AFL_ASE_MIPS16) - fputs ("\n\tMIPS16 ASE", file); - if (mask & AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS) - fputs ("\n\tMICROMIPS ASE", file); - if (mask & AFL_ASE_XPA) - fputs ("\n\tXPA ASE", file); - if (mask == 0) - fprintf (file, "\n\t%s", _("None")); -} - -static void -print_mips_isa_ext (FILE *file, unsigned int isa_ext) -{ - switch (isa_ext) - { - case 0: - fputs (_("None"), file); - break; - case AFL_EXT_XLR: - fputs ("RMI XLR", file); - break; - case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2: - fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon2", file); - break; - case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP: - fputs ("Cavium Networks OcteonP", file); - break; - case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A: - fputs ("Loongson 3A", file); - break; - case AFL_EXT_OCTEON: - fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon", file); - break; - case AFL_EXT_5900: - fputs ("Toshiba R5900", file); - break; - case AFL_EXT_4650: - fputs ("MIPS R4650", file); - break; - case AFL_EXT_4010: - fputs ("LSI R4010", file); - break; - case AFL_EXT_4100: - fputs ("NEC VR4100", file); - break; - case AFL_EXT_3900: - fputs ("Toshiba R3900", file); - break; - case AFL_EXT_10000: - fputs ("MIPS R10000", file); - break; - case AFL_EXT_SB1: - fputs ("Broadcom SB-1", file); - break; - case AFL_EXT_4111: - fputs ("NEC VR4111/VR4181", file); - break; - case AFL_EXT_4120: - fputs ("NEC VR4120", file); - break; - case AFL_EXT_5400: - fputs ("NEC VR5400", file); - break; - case AFL_EXT_5500: - fputs ("NEC VR5500", file); - break; - case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E: - fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2E", file); - break; - case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F: - fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2F", file); - break; - default: - fputs (_("Unknown"), file); - break; - } -} - -static void -print_mips_fp_abi_value (FILE *file, int val) -{ - switch (val) - { - case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY: - fprintf (file, _("Hard or soft float\n")); - break; - case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE: - fprintf (file, _("Hard float (double precision)\n")); - break; - case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE: - fprintf (file, _("Hard float (single precision)\n")); - break; - case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT: - fprintf (file, _("Soft float\n")); - break; - case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64: - fprintf (file, _("Hard float (MIPS32r2 64-bit FPU 12 callee-saved)\n")); - break; - case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX: - fprintf (file, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, Any FPU)\n")); - break; - case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64: - fprintf (file, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n")); - break; - case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A: - fprintf (file, _("Hard float compat (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n")); - break; - default: - fprintf (file, "??? (%d)\n", val); - break; - } -} - -static int -get_mips_reg_size (int reg_size) -{ - return (reg_size == AFL_REG_NONE) ? 0 - : (reg_size == AFL_REG_32) ? 32 - : (reg_size == AFL_REG_64) ? 64 - : (reg_size == AFL_REG_128) ? 128 - : -1; -} - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *ptr) -{ - FILE *file = ptr; - - BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL); - - /* Print normal ELF private data. */ - _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr); - - /* xgettext:c-format */ - fprintf (file, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags); - - if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32) - fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O32]")); - else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64) - fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O64]")); - else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32) - fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI32]")); - else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64) - fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI64]")); - else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)) - fprintf (file, _(" [abi unknown]")); - else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd)) - fprintf (file, _(" [abi=N32]")); - else if (ABI_64_P (abfd)) - fprintf (file, _(" [abi=64]")); - else - fprintf (file, _(" [no abi set]")); - - if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1) - fprintf (file, " [mips1]"); - else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2) - fprintf (file, " [mips2]"); - else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3) - fprintf (file, " [mips3]"); - else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4) - fprintf (file, " [mips4]"); - else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5) - fprintf (file, " [mips5]"); - else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32) - fprintf (file, " [mips32]"); - else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64) - fprintf (file, " [mips64]"); - else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2) - fprintf (file, " [mips32r2]"); - else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2) - fprintf (file, " [mips64r2]"); - else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6) - fprintf (file, " [mips32r6]"); - else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6) - fprintf (file, " [mips64r6]"); - else - fprintf (file, _(" [unknown ISA]")); - - if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX) - fprintf (file, " [mdmx]"); - - if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16) - fprintf (file, " [mips16]"); - - if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS) - fprintf (file, " [micromips]"); - - if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_NAN2008) - fprintf (file, " [nan2008]"); - - if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_FP64) - fprintf (file, " [old fp64]"); - - if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE) - fprintf (file, " [32bitmode]"); - else - fprintf (file, _(" [not 32bitmode]")); - - if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER) - fprintf (file, " [noreorder]"); - - if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) - fprintf (file, " [PIC]"); - - if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_CPIC) - fprintf (file, " [CPIC]"); - - if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_XGOT) - fprintf (file, " [XGOT]"); - - if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_UCODE) - fprintf (file, " [UCODE]"); - - fputc ('\n', file); - - if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags_valid) - { - Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 *abiflags = &mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags; - fprintf (file, "\nMIPS ABI Flags Version: %d\n", abiflags->version); - fprintf (file, "\nISA: MIPS%d", abiflags->isa_level); - if (abiflags->isa_rev > 1) - fprintf (file, "r%d", abiflags->isa_rev); - fprintf (file, "\nGPR size: %d", - get_mips_reg_size (abiflags->gpr_size)); - fprintf (file, "\nCPR1 size: %d", - get_mips_reg_size (abiflags->cpr1_size)); - fprintf (file, "\nCPR2 size: %d", - get_mips_reg_size (abiflags->cpr2_size)); - fputs ("\nFP ABI: ", file); - print_mips_fp_abi_value (file, abiflags->fp_abi); - fputs ("ISA Extension: ", file); - print_mips_isa_ext (file, abiflags->isa_ext); - fputs ("\nASEs:", file); - print_mips_ases (file, abiflags->ases); - fprintf (file, "\nFLAGS 1: %8.8lx", abiflags->flags1); - fprintf (file, "\nFLAGS 2: %8.8lx", abiflags->flags2); - fputc ('\n', file); - } - - return TRUE; -} - -const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections[] = -{ - { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL }, - { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL }, - { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG, 0 }, - { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL }, - { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL }, - { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE, 0 }, - { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } -}; - -/* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the - STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a - definiton of the symbol. */ -void -_bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, - const Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, - bfd_boolean definition, - bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) -{ - if ((isym->st_other & ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0) - { - unsigned char other; - - other = (definition ? isym->st_other : h->other); - other &= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1); - h->other = other | ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other); - } - - if (!definition - && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym->st_other)) - h->other |= STO_OPTIONAL; -} - -/* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored. - This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */ -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) -{ - return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h->other) ? TRUE : FALSE; -} - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) -{ - return (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON - || sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON - || sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON); -} - -/* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL - or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */ - -bfd_vma -_bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt, - const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) -{ - return (plt->vma - + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry) - + i * 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry)); -} - -/* Build a table of synthetic symbols to represent the PLT. As with MIPS16 - and microMIPS PLT slots we may have a many-to-one mapping between .plt - and .got.plt and also the slots may be of a different size each we walk - the PLT manually fetching instructions and matching them against known - patterns. To make things easier standard MIPS slots, if any, always come - first. As we don't create proper ELF symbols we use the UDATA.I member - of ASYMBOL to carry ISA annotation. The encoding used is the same as - with the ST_OTHER member of the ELF symbol. */ - -long -_bfd_mips_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd, - long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, - asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, - long dynsymcount, asymbol **dynsyms, - asymbol **ret) -{ - static const char pltname[] = "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_"; - static const char microsuffix[] = "@micromipsplt"; - static const char m16suffix[] = "@mips16plt"; - static const char mipssuffix[] = "@plt"; - - bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean); - const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); - bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (abfd); - Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; - bfd_byte *plt_data; - bfd_vma plt_offset; - unsigned int other; - bfd_vma entry_size; - bfd_vma plt0_size; - asection *relplt; - bfd_vma opcode; - asection *plt; - asymbol *send; - size_t size; - char *names; - long counti; - arelent *p; - asymbol *s; - char *nend; - long count; - long pi; - long i; - long n; - - *ret = NULL; - - if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0 || dynsymcount <= 0) - return 0; - - relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rel.plt"); - if (relplt == NULL) - return 0; - - hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr; - if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd) || hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL) - return 0; - - plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt"); - if (plt == NULL) - return 0; - - slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table; - if (!(*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE)) - return -1; - p = relplt->relocation; - - /* Calculating the exact amount of space required for symbols would - require two passes over the PLT, so just pessimise assuming two - PLT slots per relocation. */ - count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize; - counti = count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel; - size = 2 * count * sizeof (asymbol); - size += count * (sizeof (mipssuffix) + - (micromips_p ? sizeof (microsuffix) : sizeof (m16suffix))); - for (pi = 0; pi < counti; pi += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel) - size += 2 * strlen ((*p[pi].sym_ptr_ptr)->name); - - /* Add the size of "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_" too. */ - size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof (pltname); - - if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, plt, &plt_data)) - return -1; - - if (plt->size < 16) - return -1; - - s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size); - if (s == NULL) - return -1; - send = s + 2 * count + 1; - - names = (char *) send; - nend = (char *) s + size; - n = 0; - - opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, plt_data + 12); - if (opcode == 0x3302fffe) - { - if (!micromips_p) - return -1; - plt0_size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry); - other = STO_MICROMIPS; - } - else if (opcode == 0x0398c1d0) - { - if (!micromips_p) - return -1; - plt0_size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry); - other = STO_MICROMIPS; - } - else - { - plt0_size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry); - other = 0; - } - - s->the_bfd = abfd; - s->flags = BSF_SYNTHETIC | BSF_FUNCTION | BSF_LOCAL; - s->section = plt; - s->value = 0; - s->name = names; - s->udata.i = other; - memcpy (names, pltname, sizeof (pltname)); - names += sizeof (pltname); - ++s, ++n; - - pi = 0; - for (plt_offset = plt0_size; - plt_offset + 8 <= plt->size && s < send; - plt_offset += entry_size) - { - bfd_vma gotplt_addr; - const char *suffix; - bfd_vma gotplt_hi; - bfd_vma gotplt_lo; - size_t suffixlen; - - opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset + 4); - - /* Check if the second word matches the expected MIPS16 instruction. */ - if (opcode == 0x651aeb00) - { - if (micromips_p) - return -1; - /* Truncated table??? */ - if (plt_offset + 16 > plt->size) - break; - gotplt_addr = bfd_get_32 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset + 12); - entry_size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry); - suffixlen = sizeof (m16suffix); - suffix = m16suffix; - other = STO_MIPS16; - } - /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (no insn32 mode). */ - else if (opcode == 0xff220000) - { - if (!micromips_p) - return -1; - gotplt_hi = bfd_get_16 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset) & 0x7f; - gotplt_lo = bfd_get_16 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset + 2) & 0xffff; - gotplt_hi = ((gotplt_hi ^ 0x40) - 0x40) << 18; - gotplt_lo <<= 2; - gotplt_addr = gotplt_hi + gotplt_lo; - gotplt_addr += ((plt->vma + plt_offset) | 3) ^ 3; - entry_size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry); - suffixlen = sizeof (microsuffix); - suffix = microsuffix; - other = STO_MICROMIPS; - } - /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (insn32 mode). */ - else if ((opcode & 0xffff0000) == 0xff2f0000) - { - gotplt_hi = bfd_get_16 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset + 2) & 0xffff; - gotplt_lo = bfd_get_16 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset + 6) & 0xffff; - gotplt_hi = ((gotplt_hi ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16; - gotplt_lo = (gotplt_lo ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000; - gotplt_addr = gotplt_hi + gotplt_lo; - entry_size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry); - suffixlen = sizeof (microsuffix); - suffix = microsuffix; - other = STO_MICROMIPS; - } - /* Otherwise assume standard MIPS code. */ - else - { - gotplt_hi = bfd_get_32 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset) & 0xffff; - gotplt_lo = bfd_get_32 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset + 4) & 0xffff; - gotplt_hi = ((gotplt_hi ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16; - gotplt_lo = (gotplt_lo ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000; - gotplt_addr = gotplt_hi + gotplt_lo; - entry_size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry); - suffixlen = sizeof (mipssuffix); - suffix = mipssuffix; - other = 0; - } - /* Truncated table??? */ - if (plt_offset + entry_size > plt->size) - break; - - for (i = 0; - i < count && p[pi].address != gotplt_addr; - i++, pi = (pi + bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel) % counti); - - if (i < count) - { - size_t namelen; - size_t len; - - *s = **p[pi].sym_ptr_ptr; - /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since - we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */ - if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0) - s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL; - s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC; - s->section = plt; - s->value = plt_offset; - s->name = names; - s->udata.i = other; - - len = strlen ((*p[pi].sym_ptr_ptr)->name); - namelen = len + suffixlen; - if (names + namelen > nend) - break; - - memcpy (names, (*p[pi].sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len); - names += len; - memcpy (names, suffix, suffixlen); - names += suffixlen; - - ++s, ++n; - pi = (pi + bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel) % counti; - } - } - - free (plt_data); - - return n; -} - -void -_bfd_mips_post_process_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info) -{ - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; - - i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); - if (link_info) - { - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (link_info); - BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL); - - if (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs && !htab->is_vxworks) - i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION] = 1; - } - - if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags.fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64 - || mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags.fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A) - i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION] = 3; -} |